Upload
celina-velasco
View
1.006
Download
38
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
ED 04 - 910
C-Series / G-Series / H-Series
- Cooling Only / Heat Pump -
ED04-910
Split-SystemRoom Air Conditioners
C-SeriesG-SeriesH-Series
1. Features ..................................................................................................32. Power Supply ..........................................................................................63. Functions.................................................................................................7
3.1 Cooling Only.............................................................................................73.2 Heat Pump ...............................................................................................8
4. Specifications ........................................................................................114.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................114.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................13
5. Dimensions ..........................................................................................205.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................205.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................24
6. Wiring Diagrams....................................................................................276.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................276.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................29
Cooling Only
FTKS25GVMA
FTKS35GVMA
FTKS50GVMA
FTKS60GVMA
FTKS71GVMA
RKS25EBVMA
RKS35EBVMA
RKS50FBVMA
RKS60FBVMA
RKS71FBVMA
Heat Pump
FTXS25GVMA
FTXS35GVMA
FTXS50GVMA
FTXS60GVMA
FTXS71GVMA
FTXS80GVMA
FTXS80HVMA
FTXS90HVMA
FTXS100HVMA
FTXS50CVMA
RXS25EBVMA
RXS35EBVMA
RXS50FBVMA
RXS60FBVMA
RXS71FBVMA
RXS80FBVMA
RXS80HVMA
RXS90HVMA
RXS100HVMA
RXS50BVMA
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 1
ED04-910
7. Piping Diagrams....................................................................................337.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................337.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................35
8. Capacity Tables ....................................................................................408.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................408.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................438.3 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping
(Reference) ............................................................................................53
9. Operation Limit......................................................................................559.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................559.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................56
10.Sound Level ..........................................................................................5810.1 Measuring Location ................................................................................5810.2 Octave Band Level .................................................................................59
11.Electric Characteristics..........................................................................6612.Installation Manual ................................................................................69
12.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................6912.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................99
13.Operation Manual................................................................................14213.1 Safety Precautions ...............................................................................14213.2 FTK(X)S 25/35 G..................................................................................14413.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS 80 G .............................................................16813.4 FTXS 80-100 H ....................................................................................19213.5 FTXS 50 C............................................................................................221
14.Optional Accessories ..........................................................................24514.1 Option List ............................................................................................24514.2 Installation Manual ...............................................................................246
2 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Features
1.Features
FTK(X)S25/35G
FTKS50/60/71GFTXS50/60/71/80G
FTXS80/90/100H
Indoor units Outdoor units
RK(X)S25/35EB RK(X)S50/60FB
RK(X)S71FBRXS80FBRXS80/90H
RXS100H
FTXS25/35G
FTXS50/60/71/80G
238
195800
1050250
1200 240
Unit: mm
150
FTXS80/90/100H
DimensionsComparison(Wall mounted typeindoor units)
283
340
290
AppearanceNew Model
•• logo labellogo label
•• discharge dischargegrillegrille
RXS71FBRXS71FB
•• logo labellogo labelRK(X)S 50-60 RK(X)S 50-60 FBFB
•• logo labellogo label
•• discharge dischargegrillegrille
RK(X)S 25-35 RK(X)S 25-35 EBEB
Changed pointCurrent model
RXS 71 FVMARXS 71 FVMA
RKS 50-60 FRKS 50-60 F
RXS 50-60 F(A)RXS 50-60 F(A)
RKS 25-35 ERXS 25-35 ERXS 25-35 E
Appearance
Outdoor unitsChanges in external appearance : RK(X)S 25-71
RKS 25-35 E
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 3
Features ED04-910
FTXS80/90/100H
FTXS80/90/100H
FTXS80/90/100H
“Comfortable Mode” prevents direct airflow to users and reduces discomfort air drafts.When cooling : Flap can be fixed at higher position than the normal cooling operation
position.When heating : Flap can be fixed at lower position than the normal heating operation
position and warms feet.
Normal Operation
45~80˚
Comfort Mode
40˚ fixed
40˚
80˚
45˚
Comfort Mode
105˚ fixed
Normal Operation
15~45˚
60˚
100˚105˚
< < Cooling >Cooling > < < Heating >Heating >
—— Comfortable Airflow ModeComfortable Airflow Mode ——
—— New Remote ControllerNew Remote Controller ——
LCD panelwith backlight
Luminous buttons
The LCD panel is equipped with The LCD panel is equipped with backlighting, and a luminescent backlighting, and a luminescent material is used for the buttons on material is used for the buttons on the surface.the surface.Therefore the user friendliness and Therefore the user friendliness and operation in dark places, such as operation in dark places, such as bedrooms at night, is improved.bedrooms at night, is improved.
Designed to be Stylish and User FriendlyDesigned to be Stylish and User Friendly
Stylish new design At night
—— Weekly TimerWeekly Timer ——Adopts the remote controller with a weekly timer developed for the floor standing type launched last year
Weekly timer display
Weekly timer setting button
Different pattern of operation start/stop time Different pattern of operation start/stop time can be set on each day of the week, from can be set on each day of the week, from Monday to Sunday. For each day, maximum Monday to Sunday. For each day, maximum four settings of ON or OFF is possible.four settings of ON or OFF is possible.
•• You can fix different settings on weekdays You can fix different settings on weekdays and weekends. and weekends.
•• Not only combination of ON and OFF, but Not only combination of ON and OFF, but also the pattern such as ONalso the pattern such as ON--ONON--ONON--OFF OFF is possibleis possible (This means to change the set (This means to change the set temperature while keeping operating). temperature while keeping operating).
4 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Features
ECONO mode is a function that enables efficient operation by limiting the maximum power consumption of the system.(The maximum running current and power consumption of the air conditioner in ECONO mode vary with the connecting outdoor unit.)This function is useful for cases in which attention should be paid to ensure a circuit breaker will not trip when the product runs alongside other appliances.
It is easily activated from the wireless remote controller by pushing the ECONO button.
• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.
—— ECONO modeECONO mode ——
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 5
Power Supply ED04-910
2. Power Supply
Note: Power Supply Intake ; Outdoor Unit
Indoor Units Outdoor Units Power Supply
FTKS25GVMA RKS25EBVMA
1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz1φ, 220~230V, 60Hz
FTKS35GVMA RKS35EBVMA
FTKS50GVMA RKS50FBVMA
FTKS60GVMA RKS60FBVMA
FTKS71GVMA RKS71FBVMA
FTXS25GVMA RXS25EBVMA
FTXS35GVMA RXS35EBVMA
FTXS50GVMA RXS50FBVMA
FTXS60GVMA RXS60FBVMA
FTXS71GVMA RXS71FBVMA
FTXS80GVMA RXS80FBVMA
FTXS80HVMA RXS80HVMA
FTXS90HVMA RXS90HVMA
FTXS100HVMA RXS100HVMA
FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA
6 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Functions
3. Functions3.1 Cooling Only
Category Functions
FT
KS
25/3
5GV
MA
RK
S25
/35E
BV
MA
FT
KS
50/6
0/71
GV
MA
RK
S50
/60/
71F
BV
MA
Category Functions
FT
KS
25/3
5GV
MA
RK
S25
/35E
BV
MA
FT
KS
50/6
0/71
GV
MA
RK
S50
/60/
71F
BV
MA
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Health & Clean
Air Purifying Filter — —Operation Limit for Cooling (°C) 10
~4610
~46
Operation Limit for Heating (°C) — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —
PAM Control
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
— —
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —
Rotary Compressor — — Air Filter (Prefilter)
Reluctance DC Motor Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Comfortable Airflow
Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille — —
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Heating Dry Operation — —
Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer — —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — 24-Hour On/Off Timer
3-D Airflow — Night Set Mode
Comfort Airflow Mode — — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
Comfort Control
Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check — —
Indoor Unit Quiet Operation Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — —
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation (Manual)
Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit
INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence
Quick Warming Function — — High Ceiling Application — —
Hot-Start Function — — Chargeless 10m 10m
Automatic Defrosting — — Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Operation Automatic Operation — — Power Selection — —
Programme Dry Function Remote Control
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
Fan Only Remote Control Adaptor(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Lifestyle Convenience
New POWERFUL Operation (Non-Inverter) — —
Inverter POWERFUL Operation Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
Priority-Room Setting — —
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)
HOME LEAVE Operation — Remote Controller
Wireless
ECONO Mode — Wired — —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
Signal Reception Indicator
R/C with back light — —
Temperature Display — —
Another Room Operation — —
Note: : Holding Functions— : No Functions
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 7
Functions ED04-910
3.2 Heat Pump
Category Functions
FT
XS
25/3
5GV
MA
RX
S25
/35E
BV
MA
FT
XS
50/6
0/71
GV
MA
RX
S50
/60/
71F
BV
MA
Category Functions
FT
XS
25/3
5GV
MA
RX
S25
/35E
BV
MA
FT
XS
50/6
0/71
GV
MA
RX
S50
/60/
71F
BV
MA
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Health & Clean Air Purifying Filter — —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10~46
10~46 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –10~20
–15~18
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
— —
PAM Control Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Longlife Filter — —
Swing Compressor Air Filter (Prefilter)
Rotary Compressor — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille — —
Comfortable Airflow
Power-Airflow Flap — — Mold Proof Operation —
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Heating Dry Operation — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Wide-Angle Louvers Timer Weekly Timer — —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) 24-Hour On/Off Timer
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — Night Set Mode
3-D Airflow — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
Comfort Airflow Mode — — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Wiring Error Check — —
Comfort Control
Auto Fan Speed Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Indoor Unit Quiet Operation
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — FlexibilityMulti-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation
(Manual)
INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence
Quick Warming Function High Ceiling Application — —
Hot-Start Function Chargeless 10m 10m
Automatic Defrosting Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Automatic Operation Power Selection — —
Programme Dry Function Remote Control
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
Fan Only
Lifestyle Convenience New POWERFUL Operation
(Non-Inverter) — —Remote Control Adaptor(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
Priority-Room Setting — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — Remote Controller
Wireless
HOME LEAVE Operation — Wired — —
ECONO Mode —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
Signal Reception Indicator
R/C with back light — —
Temperature Display — —
Another Room Operation — —
Note: : Holding Functions— : No Functions
8 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Functions
Category Functions
FT
XS
80G
VM
AR
XS
80F
BV
MA
FT
XS
80/9
0/10
0HV
MA
RX
S80
/90/
100H
VM
A
Category Functions
FT
XS
80G
VM
AR
XS
80F
BV
MA
FT
XS
80/9
0/10
0HV
MA
RX
S80
/90/
100H
VM
A
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Health & Clean
Air Purifying Filter — —Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10
~4610
~46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15~18
–15~18 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —
PAM Control
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
— —
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —
Rotary Compressor — — Air Filter (Prefilter)
Reluctance DC Motor Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Comfortable Airflow
Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille — —
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Heating Dry Operation — —
Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) 24-Hour On/Off Timer
3-D Airflow Night Set Mode
Comfort Airflow Mode — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
Comfort Control
Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check — —
Indoor Unit Quiet Operation Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — —
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation (Manual)
FlexibilityMulti-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit — —
INTELLIGENT EYE
Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence
Hot-Start Function High Ceiling Application — —
Automatic Defrosting Chargeless 10m 10m
Operation Automatic Operation Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Programme Dry Function Power Selection — —
Fan Only Remote Control
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
Lifestyle Convenience
New POWERFUL Operation (Non-Inverter) — — Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation
Priority-Room Setting — — Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — —
HOME LEAVE Operation — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)
ECONO Mode — Remote Controller
Wireless
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch Wired — —
Signal Reception Indicator
R/C with back light —
Temperature Display — —
Another Room Operation — —
Note: : Holding Functions— : No Functions
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 9
Functions ED04-910
Category Functions
FT
XS
50C
VM
AR
XS
50B
VM
A
Category Functions
FT
XS
50C
VM
AR
XS
50B
VM
A
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)
Health & Clean
Air Purifying Filter —Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) –5
~46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15~18 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter —
PAM Control
Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter —
Swing Compressor Longlife Filter —
Rotary Compressor — Air Filter (Prefilter)
Reluctance DC Motor Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Comfortable Airflow
Power-Airflow Flap — Washable Grille —
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — Heating Dry Operation —
Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) 24-Hour On/Off Timer
3-D Airflow Night Set Mode
Comfort Airflow Mode — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”
Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display
Comfort Control
Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check —
Indoor Unit Quiet Operation Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) —
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation (Manual)
FlexibilityMulti-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit
INTELLIGENT EYE
Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence
Hot-Start Function High Ceiling Application —
Automatic Defrosting Chargeless 10m
Operation Automatic Operation Either side Drain (Right or Left)
Programme Dry Function Power Selection —
Fan Only Remote Control
5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)
Lifestyle Convenience
New POWERFUL Operation (Non-Inverter) — Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation
Priority-Room Setting — Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock —
HOME LEAVE Operation DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)
ECONO Mode — Remote Controller
Wireless
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch Wired —
Signal Reception Indicator
R/C with back light —
Temperature Display —
Another Room Operation —
Note: : Holding Functions— : No Functions
10 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Specifications
4. Specifications4.1 Cooling Only
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelsIndoor Units FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMAOutdoor Units RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 2.46 (1.2~3.0) 3.34 (1.2~3.8)Btu/h 8,400 (4,100~10,200) 11,400 (4,100~12,950)kcal/h 2,120 (1,030~2,580) 2,870 (1,030~3,260)
Moisture Removal L/h 1.2 1.9Running Current (Rated) A 3.5-3.3-3.2 / 3.5-3.3 4.9-4.7-4.5 / 4.9-4.7Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 600 (300~800) 1,010 (300~1,200)
Power Factor % 77.9-79.1-78.1 / 77.9-79.1 93.7-93.4-93.5 / 93.7-93.4EER (Cooling) Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 4.10 (4.00~3.75) 3.31 (4.00~3.17)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 20 20Max. Interunit Height Difference m 15 15Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20 20
Indoor Unit FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMAFront Panel Color White White
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 8.7 (307) 8.9 (314)M 6.7 (237) 6.9 (244)L 4.7 (166) 4.8 (169)
SL 3.9 (138) 4.0 (141)
FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 40 40Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.17-0.16-0.15 / 0.17-0.16 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18Power Consumption (Rated) W 35-35-35 / 35-35 40-40-40 / 40-40Power Factor % 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 283×800×195 283×800×195Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 265×855×340 265×855×340Weight kg 9 9Gross Weight kg 12 12Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37 / 31 / 25 / 22 38 / 32 / 26 / 23
Outdoor Unit RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 1YC23NXD 1YC23NXDMotor Output W 600 600
Refrigerant Oil
Type FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.375 0.375
RefrigerantType R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.0 1.0
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)H 33.5 (1,183) 33.5 (1,183)L 23.4 (826) 23.4 (826)
FanType Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 50 50
Running Current (Rated) A 3.3-3.1-3.1 / 3.3-3.1 4.7-4.5-4.3 / 4.7-4.5Power Consumption (Rated) W 565-565-565 / 565-565 970-970-970 / 970-970Power Factor % 77.1-74.4-77.2 / 77.1-74.4 93.6-89.7-93.3 / 93.6-89.7Starting Current A 3.5 4.9Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 550×765×285 550×765×285Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 589×882×363 589×882×363Weight kg 34 34Gross Weight kg 40 40Operation Sound dBA H : 46 L: 43 H : 47 L: 44Sound Power dBA H : 61 H : 62Drawing No. 3D062280 3D062281
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB 7.5m
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 11
Specifications ED04-910
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA FTKS71GVMAOutdoor Units RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA RKS71FBVMA
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 5.17 (1.7~6.0) 5.89 (1.7~6.7) 7.05 (2.3~8.5)Btu/h 17,600 (5,800~20,500) 20,100 (5,800~22,900) 24,100 (7,800~29,000)kcal/h 4,450 (1,460~5,160) 5,070 (1,460~5,760) 6,060 (1,980~7,310)
Running CurrentRated (Max.) A 7.0-6.7-6.4 / 7.0-6.7 9.5-9.1-8.7 / 9.5-9.1 10.9-10.5-10.0 / 10.9-10.5
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 1,500 (440~2,080) 2,050 (440~2,390) 2,380 (570~3,200)
Power Factor % 97.4-97.3-97.7 / 97.4-97.3 98.1-97.9-98.2 / 98.1-97.9 99.2-98.6-99.2 / 99.2-98.6EER (Cooling) Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 3.45 (3.86~2.88) 2.87 (3.86~2.80) 2.96 (4.04~2.66)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. lnterunit Piping Length m 30 30 30Max. lnterunit Height Difference m 20 20 20Chargeless m 10 10 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 20 20 20
Indoor Unit FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA FTKS71GVMAFront Panel Color White White White
Airflow Rate m³/min(cfm)
H 14.7 (519) 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614)M 12.6 (445) 13.9 (491) 14.6 (516)L 10.2 (360) 11.5 (406) 11.9 (420)
SL 9.2 (325) 10.0 (353) 11.2 (395)
FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 43 43 43Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.16-0.15-0.15 / 0.16-0.15 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20Power Consumption (Rated) W 34-34-34 / 34-34 40-40-40 / 40-40 45-45-45 / 45-45Power Factor % 96.6-98.6-94.4 / 96.6-98.6 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12 12 12Gross Weight kg 17 17 17Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 44 / 40 / 35 / 32 45 / 41 / 36 / 33 46 / 42 / 37 / 34
Sound Power dBA 60 61 62Outdoor Unit RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA RKS71FBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC36BXD 2YC36BXD 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,100 1,100 1,920
Refrigerant OilType FVC50K FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.65 0.65 0.75
RefrigerantType R-410A R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.5 1.5 2.3
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 50.9 (1,797) 54.2 (1,914) 57.1 (2,016)H 48.9 (1,727) 50.9 (1,797) 54.5 (1,924)L 41.7 (1,472) 45.0 (1,589) 46.0 (1,624)
FanType Propeller Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 53 53 66
Running Current (Rated) A 6.8-6.6-6.3 / 6.8-6.6 9.3-8.9-8.5 / 9.3-8.9 10.7-10.3-9.8 / 10.7-10.3Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,466-1,466-1,466 / 1,466-1,466 2,010-2,010-2,010 / 2,010-2,010 2,335-2,335-2,335 / 2,335-2,335Power Factor (Rated) % 97.4-95.1-97.7 / 97.4-95.1 98.1-96.0-98.2 / 98.1-96.0 99.3-96.7-99.2 / 99.3-96.7Starting Current A 7.2 9.2 10.8Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300 735×825×300 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 792×960×390 792×960×390 900×925×390Weight kg 47 47 71Gross Weight kg 52 52 80Sound Pressure dBA H : 47 L : 44 H : 49 L : 46 H : 52 SL : 49Sound Power dBA H : 61 H : 63 H : 66Drawing No. 3D062268 3D062269 3D062270
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB 7.5m
12 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Specifications
4.2 Heat Pump50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelsIndoor Units FTXS25GVMA FTXS35GVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS25EBVMA RXS35EBVMA
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
CapacityRated (Min.~Max.)
kW 2.46 (1.2~3.0) 3.37 (1.2~4.5) 3.34 (1.2~3.8) 3.94 (1.2~5.0)Btu/h 8,400 (4,100~10,200) 11,500 (4,100~15,350) 11,400 (4,100~12,950) 13,400 (4,100~17,050)kcal/h 2,120 (1,030~2,580) 2,900 (1,030~3,870) 2,870 (1,030~3,260) 3,390 (1,030~4,300)
Moisture Removal L/h 1.2 — 1.9 —Running Current (Rated) A 3.5-3.3-3.2 / 3.5-3.3 4.4-4.2-3.9 / 4.4-4.2 4.9-4.7-4.5 / 4.9-4.7 5.2-5.0-4.8 / 5.2-5.0Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 600 (300~800) 840 (290~1,340) 1,010 (300~1,200) 1,110 (290~1,550)
Power Factor % 77.9-79.1-78.1 / 77.9-79.1 86.8-87.0-89.7 / 86.8-87.0 93.7-93.4-93.5 / 93.7-93.4 97.0-96.5-96.4 / 97.0-96.5EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 4.10 (4.00~3.75) 4.01 (4.14~3.36) 3.31 (4.00~3.17) 3.55 (4.14~3.23)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 20 20Max. Interunit Height Difference m 15 15Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 20 20
Indoor Units FTXS25GVMA FTXS35GVMAFront Panel Color White White
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 8.7 (307) 9.4 (332) 8.9 (314) 9.7 (342)M 6.7 (237) 7.6 (268) 6.9 (242) 7.9 (277)L 4.7 (166) 5.8 (205) 4.8 (169) 6.0 (212)
SL 3.9 (138) 5.0 (177) 4.0 (141) 5.2 (184)
FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 40 40Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.17-0.16-0.15 / 0.17-0.16 0.17-0.16-0.15 / 0.17-0.16 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18Power Consumption (Rated) W 35-35-35 / 35-35 35-35-35 / 35-35 40-40-40 / 40-40 40-40-40 / 40-40Power Factor % 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 283×800×195 283×800×195Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 265×855×340 265×855×340Weight kg 9 9Gross Weight kg 12 12Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37/31/25/22 37/33/28/25 38/32/26/23 38/34/29/26
Outdoor Units RXS25EBVMA RXS35EBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 1YC23NXD 1YC23NXDMotor Output W 600 600
Refrigerant Oil
Type FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.375 0.375
RefrigerantType R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.0 1.0
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)H 33.5 (1,183) 30.2 (1,066) 33.5 (1,183) 30.2 (1,066)L 23.4 (826) 28.3 (999) 23.4 (826) 28.3 (999)
FanType Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 50 50
Running Current (Rated) A 3.3-3.1-3.1 / 3.3-3.1 4.2-4.0-3.8 / 4.2-4.0 4.7-4.5-4.3 / 4.7-4.5 5.0-4.8-4.6 / 5.0-4.8Power Consumption (Rated) W 565-565-565 / 565-565 805-805-805 / 805-805 970-970-970 / 970-970 1,070-1,070-1,070 / 1,070-1,070Power Factor % 77.1-74.4-77.2 / 77.1-74.4 86.5-86.6-89.4 / 86.5-86.6 93.6-89.7-93.3 / 93.6-89.7 97.1-96.5-96.3 / 97.1-96.5Starting Current A 4.3 5.1Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 550×765×285 550×765×285Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 589×882×363 589×882×363Weight kg 34 34Gross Weight kg 40 40Operation Sound dBA H : 46 L : 43 H : 47 L : 44 H : 47 L : 44 H : 48 L : 45Sound Power dBA H : — H : 62 — 63Drawing No. 3D062282 3D062283
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWBIndoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 13
Specifications ED04-910
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTXS50GVMA FTXS60GVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS50FBVMA RXS60FBVMA
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 5.17 (1.7~6.0) 5.86 (1.7~7.7) 5.89 (1.7~6.7) 6.96 (1.7~8.0)Btu/h 17,600 (5,800~20,500) 20,000 (5,800~26,300) 20,100 (5,800~22,900) 23,700 (5,800~27,300)kcal/h 4,450 (1,460~5,160) 5,040 (1,460~6,620) 5,070 (1,460~5,760) 5,990 (1,460~6,880)
Running Current Rated A 7.0-6.7-6.4 / 7.0-6.7 7.4-7.1-6.8 / 7.4-7.1 9.5-9.1-8.7 / 9.5-9.1 9.4-9.0-8.6 / 9.4-9.0Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 1,500 (440~2,080) 1,610 (400~2,530) 2,050 (440~2,390) 2,030 (400~2,810)
Power Factor % 97.4-97.3-97.7 / 97.4-97.3 98.3-98.0-98.0 / 98.3-98.0 98.1-97.9-98.2 / 98.1-97.9 98.6-98.6-98.8 / 98.6-98.6EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 3.45 (3.86~2.88) 3.64 (4.25~3.04) 2.87 (3.86~2.80) 3.43 (4.25~2.85)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20 20Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20 20
Indoor Unit FTXS50GVMA FTXS60GVMAFront Panel Color White White
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 14.7 (519) 16.2 (572) 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614)M 12.6 (445) 13.8 (487) 13.9 (491) 15.3 (540)L 10.2 (360) 11.5 (406) 11.5 (406) 12.8 (452)
SL 9.2 (325) 10.2 (360) 10.0 (353) 10.5 (371)
FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 43 43Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.16-0.15-0.15 / 0.16-0.15 0.17-0.16-0.16 / 0.17-0.16 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20Power Consumption (Rated) W 34-34-34 / 34-34 36-36-36 / 36-36 40-40-40 / 40-40 45-45-45 / 45-45Power Factor % 96.6-98.6-94.4 / 96.6-98.6 96.3-97.8-93.8 / 96.3-97.8 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12 12Gross Weight kg 17 17Operation Pressure H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30 45/41/36/33 44/40/35/32Sound Power dBA 60 58 61 60Outdoor Unit RXS50FBVMA RXS60FBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC36BXD 2YC36BXDMotor Output W 1,100 1,100
Refrigerant Oil
Model FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.65 0.65
RefrigerantModel R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.5 1.5
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 50.9 (1,797) — 54.2 (1,914) —H 48.9 (1,727) 45.0 (1,589) 50.9 (1,797) 46.3 (1,635)L 41.7 (1,472) 45.0 (1,589) 45.0 (1,589) 46.3 (1,635)
FanType Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 53 53
Running Current (Rated) A 6.8-6.6-6.3 / 6.8-6.6 7.3-7.0-6.7 / 7.3-7.0 9.3-8.9-8.5 / 9.3-8.9 9.1-8.8-8.4 / 9.1-8.8
Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,466-1,466-1,466 /1,466-1,466
1,574-1,574-1,574 /1,574-1,574
2,010-2,010-2,010 /2,010-2,010
1,985-1,985-1,985 /1,985-1,985
Power Factor (Rated) % 97.4-95.1-97.7 / 97.4-95.1 98.3-98.0-98.1 / 98.3-98.0 98.1-96.0-98.2 / 98.1-96.0 98.6-98.6-98.8 / 98.6-98.6Starting Current A 7.4 9.4Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300 735×825×300Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 792×960×390 792×960×390Weight kg 48 48Gross Weight kg 53 53Operation Pressure dBA H : 47 SL : 44 L : 48 SL : 45 H : 49 SL : 46 L : 49 SL : 46Sound Power dBA H : — L : 62 H : 63 L : 63Drawing No. 3D062271 3D062272
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
14 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTXS71GVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS71FBVMA
Cooling Heating
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 7.05 (2.3~8.5) 8.04 (2.3~10.0)Btu/h 24,100 (7,800~29,000) 27,400 (7,900~34,100)kcal/h 6,060 (1,980~7,310) 6,910 (1,980~8,600)
Running Current Rated A 10.9-10.5-10.0 / 10.9-10.5 11.4-10.9-10.4 / 11.4-10.9Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 2,380 (570~3,200) 2,470 (520~3,730)
Power Factor (Rated) % 99.2-98.6-99.2 / 99.2-98.6 98.5-98.5-99.0 / 98.5-98.5EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 2.96 (4.04~2.66) 3.26 (4.42~2.68)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4Gas mm φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20
Indoor Unit FTXS71GVMAFront Panel Color White
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 17.4 (614) 21.5 (759)M 14.6 (516) 18.0 (636)L 11.9 (420) 14.4 (508)
SL 11.2 (395) 13.3 (470)
FanType Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 43Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20 0.28-0.27-0.26 / 0.28-0.27Power Consumption (Rated) W 45-45-45 / 45-45 60-60-60 / 60-60Power Factor % 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8 97.4-96.6-96.2 / 97.4-96.6Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12Gross Weight kg 17Operation Pressure H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34 46/42/37/34Sound Power dBA 62 62Outdoor Unit RXS71FBVMACasing Color Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,920
Refrigerant Oil
Model FVC50KCharge L 0.75
RefrigerantModel R-410ACharge kg 2.3
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 57.1 (2,016) —H 54.5 (1,924) 52.5 (1,854)L 46.0 (1,624) 52.5 (1,854)
FanType PropellerMotor Output W 66
Running Current (Rated) A 10.7-10.3-9.8 / 10.7-10.3 11.1-10.6-10.1 / 11.1-10.6Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,335-2,335-2,335 / 2,335-2,335 2,410-2,410-2,410 / 2,410-2,410Power Factor % 99.3-96.7-99.2 / 99.3-96.7 98.5-98.6-99.0 / 98.5-98.6Starting Current A 11.6Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390Weight kg 71Gross Weight kg 80Sound Pressure dBA H : 52 SL : 49 L : 52 SL : 49Sound Power dBA H : 66 L : 66Drawing No. 3D062273
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 15
Specifications ED04-910
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTXS80GVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS80FBVMA
Cooling Heating
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 7.80 (2.3~9.0) 9.52 (2.3~10.2)Btu/h 26,600 (7,800~30,700) 32,500 (7,800~34,800)kcal/h 6,710 (1,980~7,740) 8,190 (1,980~8,770)
Running CurrentRated A 12.6-12.0-11.5 / 12.6-12.0 14.7-14.0-13.4 / 14.7-14.0
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 2,740 (570~3,500) 3,220 (520~3,820)
Power Factor % 98.8-99.3-99.3 / 98.8-99.3 99.6-100.0-100.1 / 99.6-100.0EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 2.85 (4.04~2.57) 2.96 (4.42~2.67)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4Gas mm φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 20
Indoor Unit FTXS80GVMAFront Panel Color White
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 21.1 (745) 23.0 (812)M 17.9 (632) 19.5 (689)L 14.8 (523) 16.1 (568)
SL 12.9 (455) 14.5 (512)
FanType Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 43Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.31-0.29-0.28 / 0.31-0.29 0.30-0.29-0.28 / 0.30-0.29Power Consumption (Rated) W 65-65-65 / 65-65 65-65-65 / 65-65Power Factor % 95.3-97.5-96.7 / 95.3-97.5 98.5-97.5-96.7 / 98.5-97.5Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12Gross Weight kg 17Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35
Sound Power dBA 65 65Outdoor Unit RXS80FBVMACasing Color Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,920
Refrigerant Oil
Model FVC50KCharge L 0.75
RefrigerantModel R-410ACharge kg 2.3
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 63.7 (2,249) —H 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087)L 46.0 (1,624) 59.1 (2,087)
FanType PropellerMotor Output W 66
Running Current (Rated) A 12.3-11.7-11.2 / 12.3-11.7 14.4-13.7-13.1 / 14.4-13.7Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,675-2,675-2,675 / 2,675-2,675 3,155-3,155-3,155 / 3,155-3,155Power Factor (Rated) % 98.9-96.9-99.3 / 98.9-96.9 99.6-100.1-100.2 / 89.6-100.1Starting Current A 15.0Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390Weight kg 71Gross Weight kg 80Operation Sound dBA H : 54 SL : 51 L : 54 SL : 51Sound Power dBA H : 68 L : 68Drawing No. 3D062274
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
16 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Specifications
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTXS80HVMA FTXS90HVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS80HVMA RXS90HVMA
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 8.0 (2.3~9.5) 9.5 (2.3~10.5) 9.0 (2.3~10.5) 10.0 (2.3~11.2)Btu/h 27,300 (7,800~32,400) 32,400 (7,800~35,800) 30,700 (7,800~35,800) 34,100 (7,800~38,200)kcal/h 6,880 (1,980~8,170) 8,170 (1,980~9,030) 7,740 (1,980~9,030) 8,600 (1,980~9,630)
Running CurrentRated A 11.9-11.3-10.8 / 11.9-11.3 14.0-13.4-12.8 / 14.0-13.4 15.2-14.5-13.9 / 15.2-14.5 15.2-14.6-13.9 / 15.2-14.6
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 2,580 (570~3,800) 3,060 (520~3,870) 3,320 (570~4,320) 3,330 (520~4,340)
Power Factor % 98.5-99.3-99.5 / 98.5-99.3 99.4-99.3-99.6 / 99.4-99.3 99.3-99.6-99.5 / 99.3-99.6 99.6-99.2-99.8 / 99.6-99.2EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 3.10 (4.04~2.50) 3.10 (4.42~2.71) 2.71 (4.04~2.43) 3.00 (4.42~2.58)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5Gas mm φ15.9 φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20 20Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 50 50
Indoor Unit FTXS80HVMA FTXS90HVMAFront Panel Color White White
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852) 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852)M 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723) 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723)L 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601) 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601)
SL 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546) 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546)
FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 64 64Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24Power Consumption (Rated) W 51 51 51 51Power Factor % 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 340×1,200×240 340×1,200×240Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 325×1,310×429 325×1,310×429Weight kg 17 17Gross Weight kg 23 23Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35
Sound Power dBA 65 65 65 65Outdoor Unit RXS80HVMA RXS90HVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63BXD 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,920 1,920
Refrigerant Oil
Model FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.75 0.75
RefrigerantModel R-410A R-410ACharge kg 2.3 2.3
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 63.7 (2,249) — 63.7 (2,249) —H 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087) 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087)L 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624)
FanType Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 66 66
Running Current (Rated) A 11.65-11.06-10.57 / 11.65-11.06
13.75-13.16-12.57 / 13.75-13.16
14.95-14.26-13.67 / 14.95-14.26
14.95-14.36-13.67 / 14.95-14.36
Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,529 3,009 3,269 3,279Power Factor (Rated) % 98.7-99.4-99.7 / 98.7-99.4 99.5-99.4-99.7 / 99.5-99.4 99.4-99.7-99.6 / 99.4-99.7 99.7-99.3-99.9 / 99.7-99.3Starting Current A 14.0 15.2Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390 900×925×390Weight kg 71 71Gross Weight kg 79 79Operation Sound H/SL dBA 54 / 51 54 / 51 54 / 51 54 / 51
Sound Power H dBA 68 68 68 68Drawing No. 3D062300 3D062301A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 17
Specifications ED04-910
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTXS100HVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS100HVMA
Cooling Heating
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 9.9 (3.0~11.2) 11.0 (3.0~11.7)Btu/h 33,800 (10,200~38,200) 37,500 (10,200~39,900)kcal/h 8,510 (2,580~9,630) 9,460 (2,580~10,060)
Running CurrentRated A 16.8-16.0-15.4 / 16.8-16.0 18.3-17.5-16.7 / 18.3-17.5
Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 3,670 (620~4,520) 4,000 (620~4,570)
Power Factor % 99.3-99.7-99.3 / 99.3-99.7 99.4-99.4-99.8 / 99.4-99.4EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 2.70 (4.84~2.48) 2.75 (4.84~2.56)
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 9.5Gas mm φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 50
Indoor Unit FTXS100HVMAFront Panel Color White
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852)M 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723)L 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601)
SL 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546)
FanType Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 64Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24Power Consumption (Rated) W 51 51Power Factor % 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 340×1,200×240Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 325×1,310×429Weight kg 17Gross Weight kg 23Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35
Sound Power dBA 65 65Outdoor Unit RXS100HVMACasing Color Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63FXDMotor Output W 2,030
Refrigerant Oil
Model FVC50KCharge L 0.75
RefrigerantModel R-410ACharge kg 2.8
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 81.2 (2,867) —H 74.4 (2,627) 74.4 (2,627)L 65.6 (2,316) 65.6 (2,316)
FanType PropellerMotor Output W 200
Running Current (Rated) A 16.55-15.76-15.17 / 16.55-15.76 18.05-17.26-16.47 / 18.05-17.26Power Consumption (Rated) W 3,619 3,949Power Factor (Rated) % 99.4-99.8-99.4 / 99.4-99.8 99.4-99.5-99.9 / 99.4-99.5Starting Current A 18.3Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 990×940×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 1,120×966×388Weight kg 80Gross Weight kg 89Operation Sound H/SL dBA 54 / 51 55 / 51
Sound Power H dBA 68 69Drawing No. 3D062302A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
18 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Specifications
50Hz 240V
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
ModelIndoor Units FTXS50CVMA
Outdoor UnitsRXS50BVMA
Cooling Heating
Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)
kW 4.68 (1.70~5.80) 5.44 (1.70~7.50)Btu/h 16,000 (5,800~19,800) 18,600 (5,800~25,600)kcal/h 4,020 (1,460~4,990) 4,680 (1,460~6,450)
Moisture Removal L/h 2.9 —Running Current (Rated) A 7.0 7.3Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 1,660 (440~2,300) 1,730 (400~2,580)
Power Factor % 98.8 98.7EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) W/W 2.82 3.14
Piping Connections
Liquid mm φ 6.4Gas mm φ12.7Drain mm φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20
Indoor Unit FTXS50CVMAFront Panel Color White
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
H 11.4 (402) 12.6 (444)M 9.8 (346) 10.9 (385)L 8.7 (306) 9.3 (329)
SL 7.7 (271) 8.2 (291)
FanType Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 40Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet and Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.17 0.17Power Consumption (Rated) W 40 40Power Factor % 98.0 98.0Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×795×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 280×840×338Weight kg 9Gross Weight kg 13Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30
Sound Power H dBA 63 60Outdoor Unit RXS50BVMACasing Color Ivory White
CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC32HXDMotor Output W 1,500
Refrigerant Oil
Model FVC50KCharge L 0.65
RefrigerantModel R-410ACharge kg 1.20
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)H 47.7 (1,684) 44.1 (1,557)L 44.1 (1,557) 44.1 (1,557)
FanType PropellerMotor Output W 53
Running Current (Rated) A 6.8 7.1Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,620 1,690Power Factor % 98.8 98.8Starting Current A 7.2Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 784×960×390Weight kg 49Gross Weight kg 53Operation Sound H/L dBA 47/44 48/45
Sound Power H dBA — 64Drawing No. 3D062264
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Cooling Heating Piping Length
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB
Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 19
Dimensions ED04-910
5. Dimensions5.1 Indoor Units5.1.1 Cooling Only
FTKS25GVMA, FTKS35GVMA
FTKS50GVMA, FTKS60GVMA
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
LEFT
BOTTOM
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
58
REAR
( ARC433B47 )
FLAPS
SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
163
FRONT PANEL FIXED SCREWS
18
( INSIDE )
800
10°
UP/DOWN( AUTOMATIC )
COOLING, DRY
RIGHT/LEFT( MANUAL )
50°
SIGNAL RECEIVER
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH
OPERATION LAMP
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR( INSIDE )
45°
TIMER LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP
RIGHT
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
45°
BLADE ANGLE
5°
FAN
70°
283
( MOUNTING PLATEINCLUDING
195
197
WITH EARTH
)
NAME PLATE
TERMINAL
TERMINAL BLOCK
AIR FLOW(INDOOR )
(SPACEFORMAINTENANCE)
GAS PIPE 9.5Cut
THE UNIT:ABOUT390)(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPING
44.5
17
φ65 HOLE
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
THE UNIT:ABOUT 340)
LIQUID PIPE 6.4CuT
50MIN.
60
REQUIRED SPACE
800
711
THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDETHE UNIT IS APPROX. 440)
DRAIN HOSE(CONNECTING PART
O. D.φ18I. D. φ14
110
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
50MIN.
WALL HOLE
49
φ65 HOLE
30M
IN.
( S
PAC
E F
OR
44.5
1318
0P
ER
FO
RM
AN
CE
)28
3
DAIKIN
3D047958F
MIN. 50
MIN
. 30
MIN. 50
REQUIRED SPACE
REAR
FLAPS
INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
REAR
WALL HOLE
HORIZONTAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
φ80 HOLE
(ARC433B71)
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
WALL HOLE FOREMBEDDED PIPING
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
SIGNAL RECEIVER
LEFT
TERMINAL BLOCK WITHEARTH TERMINAL
OPERATION LAMP
)
SIGNALTRANSMITTER
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS
TIMER LAMP
MODEL NAMEPLATE
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
RIGHT
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
BLADE ANGLES
COOLING
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFFSWITCH
(SPA
CE F
OR
PERF
ORM
ANCE
)
HOME LEAVE LAMP
(
φ80 HOLE
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR
(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)
(INSIDE)
WIRELESS REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(INSIDE)
FAN
(INSIDE)
DRY
1050
18
163
58
50°50°
10°
40°10°40°
5°
55°5°
55°
5°
35° 5°
35°
52
290
52.5
155.
530
1050
893.5
5214
.5
99.560
DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 480)
LIQUID PIPE φ6.4 CuT
GAS PIPE φ12.7 CuT
I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
THE UNIT : ABOUT 430)(THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :ABOUT 530)
(CONNECTING PART
240
290
238
3D054937B
20 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Dimensions
FTKS71GVMA
5.1.2 Heat Pump
FTXS25GVMA, FTXS35GVMA
MIN
. 30
MIN. 50MIN. 50
TIMER LAMP
)
φ80 HOLE
OPERATION LAMP
(SPA
CE F
OR
PERF
ORM
ANCE
)
(
HORIZONTAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
TERMINAL BLOCK WITHEARTH TERMINAL
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
MODEL NAMEPLATE
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS
WALL HOLE FOREMBEDDED PIPING
FAN
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
(INSIDE)
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) WALL HOLEφ80 HOLE
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
HOME LEAVE LAMP
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)REQUIRED SPACE
FLAPS
REAR
(INSIDE)
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFFSWITCH
REAR
(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
RIGHT
(INSIDE)
DRY
SIGNAL RECEIVER
COOLING
BLADE ANGLES
LEFT
(ARC433B71)
INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE
SIGNALTRANSMITTER
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
WIRELESS REMOTE
CONTROLLER
1050
18
163
58
50°50°
10°
40° 10°
40°
5°
55°5°
55°
5°
35° 5°
35°
52
290
52.5
155.
530
1050
893.5
5214
.5
99.560
DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 480)
LIQUID PIPE φ6.4 CuT
GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT
I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
THE UNIT : ABOUT 430)(THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :ABOUT 530)
(CONNECTING PART
240
290
238
3D054938B
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
LEFT
BOTTOM
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
REAR
58
( ARC433B46 )
FLAPS
SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
163
FRONT PANEL FIXED SCREWS
18
( INSIDE )
800
10°
UP/DOWN( AUTOMATIC )
COOLING, DRY
RIGHT/LEFT( MANUAL )
50°
SIGNAL RECEIVER
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH
OPERATION LAMP
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR( INSIDE )
45°
TIMER LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP
RIGHT
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
30°
45°
HEATING
BLADE ANGLE
65°
283
(
5°
MOUNTING PLATEINCLUDING
FAN
195
197
70°
WITH EARTH
NAME PLATE
TERMINAL
TERMINAL BLOCK
AIR FLOW( INDOOR )
)( SPACE FORMAINTENANCE )
GAS PIPE 9.5Cut
THEUNIT:ABOUT390 )( THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
( THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPING
44.5
17
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
THE UNIT:ABOUT 340 )
LIQUID PIPE 6.4CuT
φ65 HOLE
50MIN.
60
REQUIRED SPACE
800
711
THE UNIT IS APPROX. 440 )THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDE
DRAIN HOSE( CONNECTING PART
O. D.φ18I. D.φ14
110
MAINTENANCE )( SPACE FOR
50MIN.
WALL HOLE
49
φ65 HOLE
30M
IN.
( S
PAC
E F
OR
44.5
1318
0P
ER
FO
RM
AN
CE
)28
3
DAIKIN
3D047956E
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 21
Dimensions ED04-910
FTXS50GVMA, FTXS60GVMA
FTXS71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA
52
18
240
MIN
. 30
MIN. 50
290
290
163
52.5
155.
5
58
50°50°
238
30
MIN. 50
φ80 HOLE
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWSDRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 480)
(ARC433B70)
OPERATION LAMP
DRY
WALL HOLE
INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
HOME LEAVE LAMP
)
FAN
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFFSWITCH
(INSIDE)
LEFT
COOLING
(
BLADE ANGLES
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
HEATING
RIGHT
TERMINAL BLOCK WITHEARTH TERMINAL
φ80 HOLE
HORIZONTAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
(SPA
CE F
OR
PERF
ORM
ANCE
)
FLAPS
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
LIQUID PIPE φ6.4 CuT
GAS PIPE φ12.7 CuT
REAR
I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)
WIRELESS REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)REQUIRED SPACE
SIGNALTRANSMITTER
10°
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 430)
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
(THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :ABOUT 530)
MODEL NAMEPLATE
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
SIGNAL RECEIVER
WALL HOLE FOREMBEDDED PIPING
TIMER LAMP(CONNECTING PART
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR
REAR
(INSIDE)
(INSIDE)
(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)
1050
40° 10°
40°
5°
55°5°
55°
15°
55°15°
55°
5°
35° 5°
35°
1050
893.5
5214
.5
99.560
3D054935B
MIN. 50MIN. 50M
IN. 3
0
1050
SIGNAL RECEIVER
COOLING DRY
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS
RIGHT
φ80 HOLE
FAN
SIGNALTRANSMITTER
LEFT
(ARC433B70)
MODEL NAMEPLATE
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFFSWITCH
HOME LEAVE LAMP
WALL HOLE
INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
φ80 HOLE
(INSIDE)
TERMINAL BLOCK WITHEARTH TERMINAL
TIMER LAMP
WALL HOLE FOREMBEDDED PIPING
(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)
(INSIDE)
(
BLADE ANGLES
OPERATION LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
REQUIRED SPACE
REAR
WIRELESS REMOTE
CONTROLLER
FLAPS
REAR
)
HORIZONTAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
(SPA
CE F
OR
PERF
ORM
ANCE
)
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
HEATING
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
(INSIDE)
18
163
58
50°50°
10°
40°10°40°
5°
55°5°
55°
15°
55°15°
55°
5°
35° 5°
35°
52
290
52.5
155.
530
1050
893.5
5214
.5
99.5
DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 480)
LIQUID PIPE φ6.4 CuT
GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT
I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
THE UNIT : ABOUT 430)(THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :ABOUT 530)
(CONNECTING PART
240
290
238
60
3D054936B
22 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Dimensions
FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA
FTXS50CVMA
SIGNAL RECEIVER
187
65
OPERATION LAMP
SIGNALTRANSMITTER
LEFT
240
BLADE ANGLES
GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT: ABOUT 400)
58
340
MODEL NAME PLATE
TERMINALBLOCKWITH EARTHTERMINAL
(ARC452A4)
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR (INSIDE)
12001085
18
210
242
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH
50MIN
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
35.5
1200
45
RIGHT
16
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
TIMER LAMP
89
45°
FLAPS
THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDETHE UNIT IS APPROX. 465)
REAR
45
BOTTOM
INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP
50MIN
45°
340
30M
IN
14.5
NAMEPLATE
LIQUID PIPE φ9.5 CuT(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT: ABOUT 460)
INCLUDINGMOUNTING PLATE
60°
WALL HOLEφ80 HOLE
AIR FLOW (INDOOR)
COOLING, DRY
75°
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
70°
UP/DOWN(AUTOMATIC)
40°
WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPINGφ80 HOLE
75°50°
FRONTGRILLEFIXEDSCREWS(INSIDE)
RIGHT/LEFT(AUTOMATIC)
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
FAN
FRONT GRILLE FIXTURES
(SPA
CE
FO
RP
ER
FO
RM
AN
CE
)
25°
15° 15°
HEATING
REQUIRED SPACE
30°25°
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
70°
( )
DRAIN HOSE(CONNECTING PARTI.D. φ14O.D. φ18
3D061458
COOLING
HORIZONTAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
HEATING
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)
DRY
WIRELESS REMOTE
ARC433B70
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
LEFT
BOTTOM
REAR
SIGNALTRANSMITTER
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS
795
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH
OPERATION LAMP
TIMER LAMPHOME LEAVE LAMP
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR(INSIDE)
SIGNAL RECEIVER
RIGHT
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
58
163
18
10°
40°
5°
FAN
50°
15°
55°
50°
BLADE ANGLES
FLAPS
(INSIDE)
238
290
240
TERMINAL BLOCK
MODEL NAMEPLATE
( )INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE
WITH EARTH
CONTROLLER
10°
40°
55°5°
55°
15°55°
5°
35° 5°
35°
(INSIDE)TERMINAL
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
MIN. 50
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 400)
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
GAS PIPE 12.7 CuT
LIQUID PIPE 6.4 CuT
THE UNIT : ABOUT 450)
REQUIRED SPACE
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)
DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
CONNECTING PART
ABOUT 500
THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :
O.D. 18I.D. 14
(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)
MIN. 50M
IN.3
0
(SPA
CE
FO
RM
AIN
TE
NA
NC
E)
WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPING
14.5
44.5
φ80 HOLE
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
60
625.5
795
98
62.5
44.5 WALL HOLE
φ80 HOLE
3015
5.5
290
REAR
3D056565A
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 23
Dimensions ED04-910
5.2 Outdoor Units
RK(X)S25EBVMA, RK(X)S35EBVMA
RK(X)S50FBVMA, RK(X)S60FBVMA
LIQUID
HANDLE
285
DRAIN OUTLET(I.D φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)
8 12
550
765
BRAND NAME LABEL
4 - HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
63
WIRING
SERVICE
IN CASE OF REMOVING
MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
196
100
105
5016
515
0
GAS STOP VALVE
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE=LESS THAN 1200
22
50
OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR
100
50
150
300
(M8 OR M10)
311
13
29.5
574
490
105.5
50
INLET
PORT
(φ9.5CuT)
STOP VALVE COVER
(φ6.4CuT)STOP VALVE
INDICATION LABEL
MANUFACTURE'SLABEL
3D059795B89
330
580
25
155
160
18
36
735
10
78825
2
350
64
30
124
325
300
(I.D. φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)
SERVICE PORT
(φ6.4CuT)
TERMINALSTRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL
MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
LIQUID STOP VALVE
GAS STOP VALVE
4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE
BRAND NAME LABEL
OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
DRAIN OUTLET=LESS THAN 1200
(M8 OR M10)
IN CASE OF REMOVINGSTOP VALVE COVER
(φ12.7CuT)
WIRING INLET
NAME PLATE
100
100
350
50 5050
350
100
350
3D062061
24 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Dimensions
RK(X)S71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA
RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
30
100
50
90126
191376
620
30
30
50
380
350
350
350
100
320
45
770
102
67
900
108
100
DRAIN OUTLET
78
350
117
104
5041
0
4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
50
140
71
LIQUID STOP VALVE
LIQUID PIPE(φ6.4 SINGLE UNION)
GAS PIPE(φ15.9 SINGLE UNION)
INTERCONNECTING PIPINGAND WIRING INLET
(M12)
OUTDOOR AIRTHERMISTOR
TERMINAL STRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL
GAS STOP VALVE
I.D.φ25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION.
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200
MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
NAME PLATEBRAND NAME LABEL
(345
~35
5)
3D062060
100
104
410
376 350
900
3011
7
350
45
102
620
191
78
770
50
71
380
30
100
50
350
202
91
320
350
67
DRAIN OUTLET
140 4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
100
50
50
354
INTERCONNECTING PIPINGAND WIRING INLET
I.D. φ25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION.
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200(M12)
BRAND NAME LABEL
(345
~35
5)
LIQUID PIPE(φ9.5 SINGLE UNION)
NAME PLATETERMINAL STRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL
OUTDOOR AIRTHERMISTOR
LIQUID STOP VALVE
GAS STOP VALVE
GAS PIPE(φ15.9 SINGLE UNION)
MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
3D062059A
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 25
Dimensions ED04-910
RXS100HVMA
RXS50BVMA
30
350
4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
47
151
620
50
77
68
50
43
50
DRAIN OUTLET
100
320
100
380
100160
940
84
565
50
55
350
395
350
191
89
990
350
100
67
EARTH TERMINAL
OUTDOOR AIRTHERMISTOR
MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200
(M12)
GAS PIPE(φ15.9SINGLE UNION)
NAME PLATE
LIQUID PIPE(φ9.5 SINGLE UNION)
LIQUID STOP VALVE
(345
~35
5)
INTERCONNECTING PIPINGAND WIRING INLET
I.D. φ 25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION.
GAS STOP VALVE TERMINAL STRIP
3D062297
4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
350
330
10
(M8 OR M10)
300
25
(I.D. φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)
36
2
735
124
DRAIN OUTLET
325
825
580
INDICATION LABEL
BRAND NAME LABEL
(REFRIGERANT)
78
NAME PLATE
LIQUID STOP VALVE
OZONEFRI
WIRING INLET
ENDLY
MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
(φ6.4 CuT)
SERVICE PORT
50
IN CASE OF REMOVINGSTOP VALVE COVER
WITH EARTH TERMINALTERMINAL STRIP
100
100
160
155
350
8964
GAS STOP VALVE
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE
(φ12.7 CuT)
50
30
18
350
OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
50
=LESS THAN 1200
100
350
3D034257G
26 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams6.1 Indoor Units
FTK(X)S25GVMA, FTK(X)S35GVMA
FTK(X)S50GVMA, FTK(X)S60GVMA, FTK(X)S71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA
WIRELESSREMOTE
CONTROLLER
PCB3
PCB4
INTELLIGENT EYESENSOR
LED3
LED2
H2P
H3P
LED1
H1P
S1W
R1T
t°
S27
S36
S26
PCB2
S35
S21
HA
SIGNALRECEIVER
PCB1
S29
S28
R2T
S32
t°
~RECTIFIER
1
M1S
M
S6
~
5
V1
TRANSMISSIONCIRCUIT
7
1
3.15A
S1
F1U
H2
H3
H1
INDOOR
M1F
FG
M
X1M
3
2
1
FIELD WIRING.
3
2
1
OUTDOOR
RE
DO
RG
YLW
PN
K
BLU
WHT
BRN
RED
BLU
ORG
GRN
WHT
RED
/
BLK
YLW
FG : FRAME GROUNDF1U : FUSEH1P~H3P : PILOT LAMPM1F : FAN MOTORM1S : SWING MOTORPCB1~PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDR1T, R2T : THERMISTOR.S1~S38 : CONNECTORS1W : OPERATION SWITCHX1M : TERMINAL STRIP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILLRESTART AUTOMATICALLY IFTHE MAIN POWER SUPPLY ISTURNED OFF AND THEN BACKON AGAIN.
CAUTION
3D046453D
CONTROLLER
WIRELESS
REMOTE
PCB4
PCB3
PCB5
INTELLIGENT EYE
LED1
H1P
R1T
SENSOR
t
S37
S38
°
LED2
H2P
LED3
H3P
PCB2
S27
S36
S1W
RECEIVER
SIGNAL
S26
S35
S21
S29
S28
PCB1
R2T
S32
t°
~ RECTIFIER
1
RE
D
M1S
M
S6
OR
GY
LW
~
PN
K
5
BLU
1
TRANSMISSION
BR
NR
ED
CIRCUIT
M2S
S8
M
OR
GY
LW
7
1
3.15A
S1
PN
K
6
Fu
BLU
WHT
BRN
RED
BLU
ORG
H2
H3
H1
INDOOR
FG
M1F
M
GRN
R1T, R2T
M1S, M2SPCB1~ PCB5
WHT
RED
/
BLK
Fu
M1F
H1 ~ H3
S1 ~ S38
H1P ~ H3P
FG
YLW
X1MS1W
X1M
3
2
1
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
ON AGAIN.TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILLRESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
FIELD WIRING.
CAUTION
3
2
1
OUTDOOR
: FRAME GROUND: FUSE: HARNESS: PILOT LAMP: FAN MOTOR: SWING MOTOR: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD: THERMISTOR: CONNECTOR: OPERATION SWITCH: TERMINAL STRIP
3D038530Q
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 27
Wiring Diagrams ED04-910
FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA
FTXS50CVMA
M
M MM
X1M
S1W
CAUTION
RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
ON AGAIN.
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
SENSOR
INTELLIGENT EYE
3
2
1
RECEIVER
SIGNAL INDOOR
RECTIFIER
CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION
H2P
LED2 OUTDOOR
FIELD WIRING.
H3P
LED3
3.15A
H1P
LED1
GRN
BRN
WHT
t˚
PCB1 ~
YLW
BLU
PN
K
S41
R1T
/ YLW
YLW
S47
WHT
FG
S49
HA
1
PCB2
PN
K
t˚
R2T
RE
D
ORG
GRN
S32
BLU
F1U
S26
CONTROLLER
REMOTE
WIRELESS
S46
OR
GM1FS25
S48
RED
RE
D
~
S21S1
V1 BLK
PCB4
2
YLW
BLU
H1
OR
G
PCB3
RE
D
M1S
OR
G
RED
M3S
3H2
M2S
PN
K
H3
BLU
FG
F1U
H1P~H3P
M1F
M1S~M3S
PCB1~PCB4
R1T, R2T
S1~S49
S1W
X1M
: FRAME GROUND
: FUSE
: PILOT LAMP
: FAN MOTOR
: SWING MOTOR
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: THERMISTOR
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH
: TERMINAL STRIP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
3D060942
CONTROLLER
WIRELESSREMOTE
PCB4
PCB3
PCB5
INTELLIGENT EYE
LED1
H1P
R1T
SENSOR
t°
S37
S38
LED2
H2P
LED3
H3P
PCB2
S27
S36
S1W
RECEIVERSIGNAL
S26
S35
S21
S29
S28
PCB1
R2T
S32
t°
~RECTIFIER
1
RE
D
M1S
M
S6
OR
GY
LW
~
PN
K
5
BLU
1
TRANSMISSION
BR
NR
ED
CIRCUIT
M2S
S8
M
OR
GY
LW
7
1
3.15A
S1
PN
K
6
Fu
BLU
WHT
BRN
RED
BLU
ORG
H2
H3
H1
INDOOR
M1F
FG
M
GRN
FG
Fu
H1~H3
H1P~H3P
M1F
M1S, M2SPCB1~PCB5
R1T, R2T
S1~S38
S1W
X1M
WHT
RED
/
BLK
YLW
X1M
3
2
1
: SWING MOTOR
: THERMISTOR
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
ON AGAIN.TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
NOTE THAT OPERATION WILLRESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
FIELD WIRING.
CAUTION
3
2
1
OUTDOOR
: FRAME GROUND
: FUSE
: HARNESS
: PILOT LAMP
: FAN MOTOR
: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: CONNECTOR
: OPERATION SWITCH
: TERMINAL STRIP
3D038065J
28 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Wiring Diagrams
6.2 Outdoor Units
RK(X)S25EBVMA, RK(X)S35EBVMA
RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA
NOTE
NL
1. REFER TO THE NAMEPLATE FOR THE POWER REQUIREMENTS.
indoor
LIPM1
L1
M1CL1R
M1F
C74, C75
IC11
DB1, DB2
MRCW, MRM10, MRM20
FU1, FU2, FU3
C94, C95, C100
23
1
FIELD WIRING.
L
N
X1M
: INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE: TRIAC: FUSE
: LIVE: COIL
: CAPACITOR
: REACTOR
: MAGNETIC RELAY
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR
: DIODE BRIDGE
23
1
RED
BLK
WHT
GR
N/Y
LW
Z2C
GR
N/Y
LW
HN1
HL1
E
S
FU320A
V2
PCB1
V3
N
SA1
Q1LPCB1, PCB2
S30, S40, S70
HC3, HC4, HL3, HN3S80, S90, S91
R1T, R2T, R3T, R12TS10, S11, S20
L1
outdoor
S80
TYPECOOLING ONLYIN CASE OF
HC2
1
C100
MRM10
MRM20
7
1
HC1
3
S11
: NEUTRAL
: CONNECTOR
: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
: THERMISTOR
WHTBLK
BLKBLK
BLKBLK
BLK
HR1
HN2
HL2ORG
GRY
BLU
1
7
1
WH
T
S10
YLW
S20
M
OR
GB
LU
L1R
Y1EB
RN
6
RE
D
SA1V1, V2, V3
Y1RY1EX1M
3.15A
MRCW
S80
Z1C, Z2C
HL3
FU1
HN3
TYPEHEAT PUMPIN CASE OF
YLW
BRN
ORG
1
Y1R
V1
HR2
3
: SURGE ARRESTER: VARISTOR
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: REVERSING SOLENOIDE VALVE COIL: FERRITE CORE
: TERMINAL STRIP
(OUTDOOR)
~
~DB1
IC11
+
_
PCB2
R1T
1
(CONDENSER)
BLK
t°
BLK
S90
HC3
R2T
~
~
BLK
DB2
t°
+
_
BLK
(DISCHARGE)R3T
BLK
6
t°
BLK
S70
C74
C75
1
HC4
WH
T
2
OR
G
1
_
_
+
+
3
M~
BR
N
4
M1F
BLU
_
_
+
+
C94
3.15A
7
FU2
RE
D
C95
BLK
2
BLK
Q1L
R12T
S40
BLK
GR
Y
1
S30
W
+
W_
5
BLU
M1C
IPM1
V
V
3
YLW
U
1
U
N=2Z1C
RE
D
t°
3D046707L
outdoor
indoor
FIELD WIRING
GRN
GRN
3~
1
BRN
HR1
ORG
V
E2
1
RED
1
YLW
V5
7
5
RED
S10
BLK
R1T
MRM20
(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
6(P) S70
WHT
7(N)
M
YLW
L
5R2T
M1C
Z2C
WHT
YLW
BLU
BRN
1
R3T
BLU
1
Z3C
1
3S101
PM1
(CONDENSER)
WBLU
M1F
BLU
Y1E
2
8N
1
3.15A
W
4
REDZ4C
S901
MRC
M
S80
TO INDOOR UNIT
6
ORG
S51
RED
3.15A
BLK
WHT
FU3
3
1
SW4
1
RED
6
BLK
X11A
E1
1
LED A
BLU
BLK
4
MRM10FU1
X2M
AC2
V3
X1M Z1C
S2
N
HR2
PCB2
POWER SUPPLY
BRN
L1R
SW1
S20
BLU
9
GRN
BLK
FU2
S40
5
2
5
L
AC1
WHT
RED
V6
V2
BLU
V
BLU
BLU
SA2
V11
S102
BLU
S52
WHT
M
BLK
5
Q1L
BLK
1
30A
U
GRN
U
SHEET METAL
WHT
PCB1
YLW
2W33
1
Z1C ~ Z4CX1M, X2MY1EV2, V3, V5, V6, V11SA2FU1, FU2, FU3AC1, AC2U, V, W, X11AE1, E2HR1, HR2
: FERRITE CORE: TERMINAL STRIP: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: VARISTOR: SURGE ARRESTER: FUSE
: CONNECTOR
MRM10, MRM20MRC/WR1T ~ R3TS2 ~ S102LEDA
: MAGNETIC RELAY: THERMISTOR: CONNECTOR: PILOT LAMP
LNSW1SW4
: LIVE: NEUTRAL: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1): LOCALSETTING SW (SW4)
M1CM1FL1RQ1LPM1PCB1, 2STEEL METAL
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR: REACTOR: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: POWER MODULE: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
t° t° t°
+ + +
3D050981K
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 29
Wiring Diagrams ED04-910
RKS71FBVMA
RXS50FBVMA
SA2
X1M
SHEET METAL
GRNYLW
FIELD WIRING
indoor
outdoor
1
GRN
ORG
N
S10
V9
S102
V100
1
4
51
BLU
1Z3C
BLU
5
AC1 BLU
(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
BLK
BLU
V5
S52
5
PCB1
W
S80
1
AC2
Z1C
YLW
SW1
POWER SUPPLY
X2M UX11AZ4C
R1T
S709
(CONDENSER)
GRY
PCB2
7(N)
R2T
6
V3
RED
BLK
RED
1
MRM10
M1C
RED
RED
3~
BLK
RED
E2
PM1
S40
5
1
BLK
FU1
LED AYL
W
HR1
1
V
Z2C
WHT
2
1 S20
BLU
L1R
VU
Z6C
V230AN
3
GRN
S90
TO INDOOR UNIT
S51
WHT
BLU
WHT
W BLK
2
M
WHT
S2
3
BLU
MRM20
M
3
BRN
E1 HR2
2
Z7C
R3T
GRN
6(P)
BLU
3.15AW
BLU
RED FU2
WHT
11
M1F
BRN
ORG
FU3
1
1
S101
8
7
6
4
MR
C
L
BLU
LBRN
Y1E
BLU
YLW
Z5C
SW4
Q1L
BLU
4
5
M3.15A
6
M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTORM1F : FAN MOTORL1R : REACTORQ1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTORPM1 : POWER MODULEPCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDSHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
Z1C~Z7C : FERRITE COREX1M,X2M : TERMINAL STRIP Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILV2,V3,V5,V9,V100 : VARISTORSA2 : SURGE ARRESTERFU1,FU2,FU3 : FUSEAC1,AC2U,V,W,X11A,X12AE1,E2HR1,HR2 : CONNECTOR
MRM10,MRM20MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAYR1T~R3T : THERMISTORS2~S102 : CONNECTORLEDA : PILOT LAMP
L : LIVEN : NEUTRALSW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)
+ ++
t°t° t°
3D053930C
outdoor
SA2
FIELD WIRING
YLWGRN
SHEET METAL
X1M
indoor
4
WHT
5
E2
BLK
S90
3.15A
BLU
1
U
BRN
SW4
R3TS2
3 W
HR1
6
PCB2
Z2C
(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
E1
Z3C
V2
ORG
1Z4C
2FU2
N
M
ORGBRN
3
(CONDENSER)
S20
POWER SUPPLY
6
X11A
N
1
1
BLK
U
BLU
YLW
BLU
LED A
30A
BLU
M
BRN
V3
Y1R R1T
MRC
WHT
GRN
TO INDOOR UNIT
V3~
1 VS10
BLU
M1C
M1F
BLK
1
FU3 RED
5
6(P)
1
ORG
X12A
1
S40
PM1
HR2
S102
AC2
REDRED
BLUV6 7(N)
BLU
5
L
RED
AC1
MRM20
1 1
SW1
YLW
WHT
S101
BLU
MRM10 BLU
5
Q1L
RED
L
Z5C
BLU
3.15A
YLW
89
X2M
PCB1
V5
S80
WHT
RED
BRN
M
BLU
BLK
WHT
FU1
S70
S52R2T
1
GRN
WHT
3
WHT
W
BLU
W
L1R
V11
3
RED
BLU
BLK
1
4
BLK
GRN
2
2
51 S51
Z1C
BLK
7
Y1E
MRM10, MRM20MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAYR1T~R3T : THERMISTORS2~S102 : CONNECTORLEDA : PILOT LAMP
M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTORM1F : FAN MOTORL1R : REACTORQ1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTORPM1 : POWER MODULEPCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
STEELMETAL
L : LIVEN : NEUTRALSW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)
Z1C~Z5C : FERRITE COREX1M, X2M : TERMINAL STRIPY1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILV2, V3, V5, V6, V11 : VARISTORSA2 : SURGE ARRESTERFU1, FU2, FU3 : FUSEAC1, AC2U, V, W, X11A, X12AE1, E2HR1, HR2 : CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATEY1R : REVERSING SORENOID VALVE COIL
t° t° t°
+ + +
3D056095A
30 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Wiring Diagrams
RXS60FBVMA
RXS71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
indoor
SA2
outdoor
X1M
SHEET METAL
GRNYLW
FIELD WIRING
S10
MRM10
WHT
L
BLU
Y1E
PCB1
BRN
S90
R2T
W
VYLW
E2
BLU
30A
45
Q1L
5
5
ORG
V5
WHT
L
Z3C
S70
WHT
MRC
HR2
PCB2
2
(CONDENSER)
1
Z2C
M
2
BLU
BLK
V2
WHT
BLU
1
HR1
M1C
FU1
S40
BLK
GRN
POWER SUPPLY
RED
1
S51 6
M1FE1
BLK
GRN
M
SW1
Z1C
X11A
S2
N
BLU
BLK
8
YLW
MRM20
TO INDOOR UNIT
LED A
BLU
BLK
U
1
BLU
V11
U
1
WHT
BRN
1
BRN
L1R
1
ORG
RED
RED
S52
(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)R3T
5
PM1
FU3
6S20
WHT
Y1R
BLK
W1
REDBL
U
1
BLU
S101
BLU
3
1
S102
RED
AC1
FU2
S80
V3
BLK
5
2
N 6(P)
V6
SW4
M
YLW
AC2
X2M1
3
GRN
3.15A
R1T
3.15A
1
V3~
W
BLU
4
BLU
1
9
3
7(N)
Z4C
7
3
RED
Z1C ~ Z4CX1M, X2MY1EV2, V3, V5, V6, V11SA2FU1, FU2, FU3AC1, AC2U, V, W, X11AE1, E2HR1, HR2
: FERRITE CORE: TERMINAL STRIP: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: VARISTOR: SURGE ARRESTER: FUSE
: CONNECTOR
MRM10, MRM20MRC/WR1T ~ R3TS2 ~ S102LEDA
: MAGNETIC RELAY: THERMISTOR: CONNECTOR: PILOT LAMP
LNSW1SW4
: LIVE: NEUTRAL: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1): LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)
M1CM1FL1RQ1LPM1PCB1, 2Y1RSHEET METAL
: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR: REACTOR: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: POWER MODULE: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD: REVERSING SORENOID VALVE COIL: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
t° t° t°
+ + +
3D050706H
outdoor
SA2
FIELD WIRING
X1M
SHEET METAL
YLWGRN
indoor
BLU
N
HR2
BLU
1
S10
MRM10
BLU
RED YLW
Q1L
V
6
AC2
UFU2
3.15A
BLK
YLW
S52
5
3~
6
W
1
S102
1
WHT
1 S20
BLU
V5
2
N
W
WHT
WHT
MR
C
MRM20
BLU
1
BLU
1 V
Z1C
(CONDENSER)
6
Z7C
BLU
GRN
2
GRY
1
S51
RED
BLK
SW1
L
1
PCB2
FU3
PCB1
X2M
RED
9
PM1
S101
8
BLU
E2 RED
X11A
WHT
S90
TO INDOOR UNIT
AC1
5
L
30A
R2T
Z2C
GRN
S2
BLU
BLU
M1F
3
1
W
L1R
E1
Z4CBL
K
BLU
WHT
BLU
S40
V100
BLU
Z5C
BRN
4
LED A
3
Y1R
BRN
7
BLU
5
Z3C
2
1
HR1
4
BLK
6(P)
3.15A
S80
BLK
(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
5
RED
POWER SUPPLY
V9
4
R1T
FU1
ORG
M
1
M1C
SW4
3
Z6C
V3
1
R3T
5
YLW
U
7(N)
Y1E
V2
MRED
ORG
BRN
S70
1
M
GRN
M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTORM1F : FAN MOTORL1R : REACTORQ1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTORPM1 : POWER MODULEPCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDY1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COILSHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
Z1C~Z7C : FERRITE COREX1M,X2M : TERMINAL STRIP Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILV2,V3,V5,V9,V100 : VARISTORSA2 : SURGE ARRESTERFU1,FU2,FU3 : FUSEAC1,AC2U,V,W,X11A,X12AE1,E2HR1,HR2 : CONNECTOR
MRM10,MRM20MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAYR1T~R3T : THERMISTORS2~S102 : CONNECTORLEDA : PILOT LAMP
L : LIVEN : NEUTRALSW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)
+ + +
t° t° t°
3D053931B
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 31
Wiring Diagrams ED04-910
RXS100HVMA
RXS50BVMA
SHEET METAL
X1M
SA2
FIELD WIRING
outdoor
indoor
BLU
V9
MRM20
L
Z7C
PM1
1
WHT
S10
1
E2
M
AC2
BRN
OR
G
S101
PCB1
S52
S51
3
V100
5
RED
BLU
3.15A
(OUTDOOR)
Z8C
X11A
WH
TBLK
BLK
+
V5
BLK
+
BLK
SW1
8
MR
C /
W
M1C
1
Z3C
FU3
1
RED
REDBL
U
M
BLU
BLU
WHT
R1T
FU2
FU1
BRN
X2M1
BLU
Q1L
M1F
YLW
N
HR2
3
YLWBL
U
TO INDOOR UNIT
Z4C
L1R
BLU
RED
2
YLW
ORG
BLU
3 ~
BLU
V3
5
AC1
6
2
HR1, HR2E1, E2U, V, W, X11A, X12AAC1, AC2FU1, FU2, FU3SA2V2, V3, V5, V9, V100Y1EX1M, X2MZ1C~Z8C
: CONNECTOR
: SURGE ARRESTER: FUSE
: VARISTOR: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: TERMINAL STRIP: FERRITE CORE
30A
W
BLK
S80 1
V2
(DISCHARGE)
BLU
7
SHEET METALY1RPCB1, 2PM1Q1LL1RM1FM1C
: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD : POWER MODULE: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: REACTOR: FAN MOTOR: COMPRESSOR MOTOR
YLW
1
R2T
1
4 S20
6(P)
RED
2
41
POWER SUPPLY
BLU
Y1R
1
Z6C
MRM10
X12A
GRN
U
E1
S40
LEDAS2~S102R1T~R3TMRC / WMRM10, MRM20
: PILOT LAMP: CONNECTOR: THERMISTOR: MAGNETIC RELAY
GRN
15
BLK
4
S90
L
Z1C
S70
WH
T
RED
9
RED
RED
(CONDENSER)
1 BRN
S102
A
5
GRN
V
N
U
3
WHT
Z5C
3.15A
1
R3T
W
BLK
SW4
S2 M
7(N)
5
V
LED
GR
Y
GRN
HR1
Y1E
PCB2
t˚t˚t˚
6
Z2C +
SW4SW1NL
: LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4): FORCED OPERATION ON / OFF SW (SW1): NEUTRAL: LIVE
3D061505
M
M
M
Z1C, Z2CX1MY2EV2~V5FU1, FU2, FU201HE1, HE2, HAC1E, AC1, C2H1, H2, HLL1, L2, X11AMRM10, MRM20MRC/WR1T~R3T
: FERRITE CORE: TERMINAL STRIP: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE: VARISTOR: FUSE
: CONNECTOR
: MAGNETIC RELAY: THERMISTOR
S2~S102LEDAPCB1, PCB2LNS1WS4WSA1Y1RDB1M1CM1F
: LIVE: NEUTRAL: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1): LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4): SURGE ARRESTER: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL: DIODE BRIDGE: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR
: CONNECTOR: PILOT LAMP: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
L1RQ1LCT1MIDSPM
: REACTOR: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: CURRENT TRANSFORMER: MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE: SYSTEM POWER MODULE ASSIGNMENTS OF
TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
V
W
U
N
(OUTDOOR)R3T
(CONDENSER)
R2T(DISCHARGE)R1T
1
BLU
t°
BLU
S90
GR
Y
t°
GR
YB
LK
6
t°
BLK
Y2E outdoor
1
LEDAS1W
S52 5
S4W
Y1RS2
1 S102 5
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
RED
BLK
WH
T
GRN
1 S51 5 1 S1015
BLK
BLK
1 3S80
MR
CW
V5S10
3
1
X1M
23
1
RED
TO INDOOR UNIT
POWER SUPPLY~50Hz 220-240V~60Hz 220-230V
N
L
23
1
FIELD WIRING indoor
GRNYLW
GRNYLW
HL
HE2
30A
FU1
BLK
PCB2
SA1
V3
WHT
BLK
YLW
AC2
AC1
E
V2
HAC1
HE1
GRNMRM20
MRM10
CT1H2
H1YLW
BLU
Z2C
FU23.15A
~
~
DB1+
-
RED
BLK
+
-
ORG
L1
SPM
ORG
L2
P2
N1
P1
W
V
UCN11
5
1
1 CN14 10t°
R12T
1S91
3 1S32
5
BLK
BLK BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
WH
TO
RG BRN
BLU
RED
BRN
WH
TY
LWO
RG
BLU
BR
NR
ED
1 S20
PCB1
6
1S31
9 1
S6
S711
8 1
8S33
RED
YLW
BLU
GRY
BLK
BLK
10 1S40
4
1 S72 8 1 S34 10 Q1L
L1R
Z1C
TB6
TB4TB5
P2
N1
P1
MID
+ + +
FU201
3.15A
S70
W
VU
N
7
1 WHT
RED
BRNORG
BLU
YLW
BLU
RED
BRN
X11A
YLW
BRN
BLU
RED
M1F
M1C
V
W
UN
3
1
3D037854J
32 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Piping Diagrams
7. Piping Diagrams7.1 Indoor Units7.1.1 Cooling OnlyFTKS25GVMA, FTKS35GVMA FTKS50GVMA, FTKS60GVMA
FTKS71GVMA
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
(9.5CuT)
(6.4CuT)
7.9C
uT
MAFFLER ASSY
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
THERMISTORON HEAT EXCH.
INDOOR UNIT
M
6.4CuT
7.0CuT
9.5CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
REFRIGERANT FLOW COOLING
6.4CuT
6.4CuT
4D050757C
CROSS FLOW FAN
COOLING
(12.7CuT)
INDOOR UNIT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
FIELD PIPING
M
(7.9CuT)
FIELD PIPING(12.7CuT)
FAN MOTOR
(6.4CuT)
THERMISTORON HEAT EXCH.
HEAT EXCHANGER
4D054932C
(15.9CuT)
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
(7.9CuT)
INDOOR UNIT
(12.7CuT)
M
HEAT EXCHANGER
REFRIGERANT FLOW
ON HEAT EXCH.THERMISTOR
COOLING
4D050919G
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 33
Piping Diagrams ED04-910
7.1.2 Heat PumpFTXS25GVMA, FTXS35GVMA FTXS50GVMA, FTXS60GVMA, FTXS50CVMA
FTXS71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING(9.5CuT)
(6.4CuT)
7.9C
uT
MAFFLER ASSY
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.THERMISTOR
INDOOR UNIT
M
6.4CuT
7.0CuT
9.5CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
REFRIGERANT FLOW
HEATINGCOOLING
6.4CuT
6.4CuT
4D047912K
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING(12.7CuT)
(6.4CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
(7.9CuT)
INDOOR UNIT
(12.7CuT)
M
HEAT EXCHANGER
REFRIGERANT FLOW
ON HEAT EXCH.THERMISTOR
HEATINGCOOLING
4D040081R
(15.9CuT)
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
CROSS FLOW FAN
FAN MOTOR
(7.9CuT)
INDOOR UNIT
(12.7CuT)
M
HEAT EXCHANGER
REFRIGERANT FLOW
ON HEAT EXCH. THERMISTOR
COOLINGHEATING
4D040082Q
CROSS FLOW FAN
INDOOR UNIT
12.7CuT
FIELD PIPING
7.9CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
FAN MOTORHEADER
HEATING
MFIELD PIPING
COOLING
THERMISTORON HEAT EXCH.
9.5CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
DISTRIBUTOR
15.9CuT
4D061965
34 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Piping Diagrams
7.2 Outdoor Units7.2.1 Cooling Only
RKS25EBVMA, RKS35EBVMA
RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA
M
9.5CuT
MUFFLER
9.5CuT
LIQUID STOPVALVE
GAS STOPVALVE
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
(9.5CuT)REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR
MUFFLER
7.9C
uT
FOUR WAYVALVENORMALLY : OFF
COMPRESSOR
9.5C
uT
ACCUMULATOR7.9C
uT
9.5C
uT
PROPELLER FAN
9.5CuT
9.5C
uT
7.0CuT
7.0CuT
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
4.8CuT
4.8CuT
HEAT EXCHANGERTHERMISTOR
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
6.4CuT 6.4CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
6.4C
uTφ .
4.0
× ID
. 2.0
CuT
3D047318F
OUTDOOR UNIT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR
HEATEXCHANGERTHERMISTOR
PROPELLER FAN
MUFFLER
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.9C
uT7.
9CuT
M
COMPRESSOR
FOUR WAYVALVENORMALLY:OFF
12.7CuT
12.7
CuT
OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
4.0CuT
4.0CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 4
CAPILLARY TUBE 2CAPILLARY TUBE 3
CAPILLARY TUBE 1
12.7CuT
MUFFLER
12.7CuT
6.4CuT
12.7CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
6.4CuT
6.4C
uT6.
4CuT
GAS STOP VALVEWITH SERVICE PORT
MUFFLERWITH FILTER
MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE
LIQUIDSTOP VALVE
FIELD PIPING
REFRIGERANT FLOW
FIELD PIPING(12.7 CuT)
(6.4 CuT)
COOLING
4.0CuT
4.0CuT
3D051636J
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 35
Piping Diagrams ED04-910
RKS71FBVMA
7.2.2 Heat Pump
RXS25EBVMA, RXS35EBVMA
EV
4-WAYVALVENORMALLY:OFF
HEAT EXCHANGER(CONDENSER)
HEADER
9.5CuT
9.5C
uT
DC FAN MOTOR
9.5CuT
12.7
CuT
15.9
CuT FIELD PIPING
LIQUID(6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT
STO
P V
ALV
E
FILTER
THERMISTOR
15.9CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
15.9CuT
MOTOROPERATED
VALVE
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
DISTRIBUTOR
COMPRESSORCOOLING
RECEIVER
HEAT EXCHANGERTHERMISTOR
4.0CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
15.9CuT
9.5CuT
15.9
CuT
7.9CuT
FILTER
ACCUMULATOR
M
9.5CuT
15.9CuT
7.9CuT
LIQ
UID
LIN
E
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
STOP VALVE
CAPILLARY TUBE
15.9CuTFIELD PIPINGGAS(15.9 CuT)
GAS LINE
PROPELLER FAN
ACCUMULATOR
THERMISTOR
7.9CuT
9.5C
uT
MUFFLER
7.9CuT
7.9C
uT
7.9CuT
OUTDOOR UNIT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
3D054596A
M
9.5C
uT
DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR
MUFFLER
PROPELLER FAN
7.9C
uT7.
9CuT
COMPRESSOR
FOUR WAYVALVEON : HEATING
9.5CuT
ACCUMULATOR
9.5CuT
9.5C
uT
7.0CuT
7.0CuT
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEAT EXCHANGERTHERMISTOR
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
4.8CuT
4.8CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
6.4CuT 6.4CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE
MUFFLER
9.5CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
6.4C
uT
LIQUID STOPVALVE
GAS STOPVALVE
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT)
(9.5CuT)
φ . 4
.0× I
D. 2
.0C
uT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLINGHEATING
9.5C
uT
3D047316J
36 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Piping Diagrams
RXS50FBVMA, RXS60FBVMA
RXS71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR
HEATEXCHANGERTHERMISTOR
PROPELLER FAN
MUFFLER
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
M
FOUR WAYVALVEON : HEATING
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
12.7
CuT
OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
4.0CuT
4.0CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 4
CAPILLARY TUBE 2CAPILLARY TUBE 3
CAPILLARY TUBE 1
9.5CuT
MUFFLER
9.5C
uT
6.4CuT
12.7CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
6.4CuT
6.4C
uT6.
4CuT
6.4C
uT
GAS STOP VALVEWITH SERVICE PORT
FILTER
MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE
RECIEVER
LIQUIDSTOP VALVE
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
REFRIGERANT FLOW
(12.7 CuT)
(6.4 CuT)
HEATING
COOLING
4.0CuT
4.0CuT
7.9CuT
MUFFLER
3D051637H
EV
9.5CuT
7.9C
uT
GAS LINE
9.5C
uT
7.9CuT
12.7
CuT
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
9.5CuT
HEATING
FILTER
REFRIGERANT FLOW
15.9CuT
RECEIVER
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
9.5C
uT
ACCUMULATOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT7.9CuTHEADER
7.9CuT
DISTRIBUTOR
FIELD PIPINGGAS(15.9 CuT)
7.9CuT
4-WAYVALVEON:HEATING
FILTER
STOP VALVE
15.9
CuT
7.9CuT
ACCUMULATOR
DISCHARGE PIPE
9.5CuT
CAPILLARY TUBEM
COOLING
THERMISTOR
4.0CuT
9.5CuT
MUFFLER
MOTOROPERATED
VALVE
HEAT EXCHANGER(CONDENSER)
15.9
CuT
COMPRESSOR15.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
OUTDOOR UNIT
7.9CuT
15.9CuT
15.9CuT
STO
P V
ALV
ELI
QU
ID L
INEPROPELLER FAN
OUTDOOR TEMPERATUREHEAT EXCHANGER
15.9CuT
DC FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPINGLIQUID(6.4 CuT)
3D054593A
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 37
Piping Diagrams ED04-910
RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
RXS100HVMA
EV
DC FAN MOTOR
PROPELLER FAN
7.9CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER (CONDENSER)
12.7
CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE
7.9C
uT
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
15.9CuT
9.5CuT
COOLING
9.5C
uT
4 - WAYVALVEON: HEATING 15.9CuT
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
MOTOROPERATED
VALVE
FIELD PIPINGGAS (15.9CuT)
THERMISTOR
15.9CuT
4.0CuT
7.9CuT
HEATING
ACCUMULATOR
7.9CuT
THERMISTOR
LIQ
UID
LIN
E
MCAPILLARY TUBE
MUFFLER
THERMISTOR7.9CuTRECEIVER
15.9
CuT
9.5CuT7.9CuT
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE
7.9CuT
15.9
CuT
ACCUMULATOR
HEADER
9.5CuT
GAS LINE
15.9CuT
ST
OP
VA
LVE
15.9CuT
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.9CuT
9.5C
uT
7.9CuT
COMPRESSOR
FILTERDISTRIBUTOR
FIELD PIPINGLIQUID (9.5CuT)
FILTER
3D061976
EV
FILTER
HEATING
9.5C
uT
HEADER
FIELD PIPINGLIQUID (9.5CuT)
9.5CuT
15.9CuT
FIELD PIPINGGAS (15.9CuT)
STO
P V
ALV
E
8.0CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE
8.0CuT
12.7
CuT
THERMISTOR
8.0CuT
9.5CuT
8.0CuT8.0CuT
OUTDOOR UNIT
15.9CuT
8.0CuT
LIQ
UID
LIN
E
MUFFLER
15.9CuT
7.9C
uT
FILTER
15.9
CuT
9.5CuT
STOP VALVE
8.0CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER (CONDENSER)
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
8.0CuT
8.0CuT
COMPRESSOR
9.5CuT
8.0CuT
4-WAYVALVEON: HEATING
COOLING
15.9
CuT
DISTRIBUTOR
4.0CuT
9.5CuT8.0CuT
MOTOROPERATED
VALVE
THERMISTOR
REFRIGERANT FLOW
GAS LINE
8.0CuT
DC FAN MOTOR
8.0CuT
RECEIVER
DISCHARGE PIPE
15.9CuT
ACCUMULATORACCUMULATOR
THERMISTOR
M
HEAT EXCHANGER
PROPELLER FAN
9.5CuT
3D062298
38 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Piping Diagrams
RXS50BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
12.7CuT
HEAT EXCHANGERTHERMISTOR
12.7CuT
DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
PROPELLER FAN
MUFFLER
7.9C
uT
7.9C
uT
VALVEFOUR WAY
ON : HEATING
COMPRESSOR
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
12.7CuT
ACCUMULATOR
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 2
CAPILLARY TUBE 1
CAPILLARY TUBE 3
6.4CuT
MUFFLERWITH
FILTER
MU
FF
LER
WIT
HF
ILT
ER
FIL
TE
R6.
4CuT
6.4C
uT
MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
12.7CuT
6.4CuT
GAS STOP VALVEWITH SERVICE PORT
LIQUIDSTOP VALVE
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING(12.7 CuT)
(6.4 CuT)
M
3D034262F
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 39
Capacity Tables ED04-910
8. Capacity Tables8.1 Cooling Only
FTKS25GVMA + RKS25EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)
FTKS35GVMA + RKS35EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)
AFR 8.7
BF 0.24
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE(°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 2.52 1.91 0.46 2.41 1.85 0.50 2.29 1.79 0.55 2.25 1.77 0.57 2.18 1.74 0.59 2.06 1.68 0.64
16.0 22 2.63 1.87 0.46 2.52 1.82 0.51 2.40 1.77 0.55 2.36 1.75 0.57 2.29 1.72 0.60 2.18 1.67 0.64
18.0 25 2.75 1.97 0.47 2.63 1.92 0.51 2.52 1.87 0.55 2.47 1.85 0.57 2.40 1.82 0.60 2.29 1.77 0.64
19.0 27 2.80 2.08 0.47 2.69 2.03 0.51 2.57 1.99 0.56 2.53 1.97 0.57 2.46 1.94 0.60 2.35 1.89 0.64
22.0 30 2.97 2.01 0.47 2.86 1.97 0.52 2.74 1.93 0.56 2.70 1.91 0.58 2.63 1.88 0.60 2.52 1.84 0.65
24.0 32 3.09 1.96 0.47 2.97 1.92 0.52 2.86 1.88 0.56 2.81 1.87 0.58 2.74 1.84 0.61 2.63 1.81 0.65
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
AFR 8.9
BF 0.24
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE(°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 3.29 2.32 0.77 3.27 2.30 0.85 3.11 2.22 0.92 3.05 2.19 0.95 2.96 2.14 1.00 2.80 2.06 1.07
16.0 22 3.58 2.35 0.78 3.42 2.27 0.85 3.26 2.19 0.93 3.20 2.16 0.96 3.11 2.11 1.00 2.95 2.04 1.08
18.0 25 3.73 2.43 0.78 3.57 2.36 0.86 3.42 2.29 0.93 3.36 2.26 0.96 3.26 2.21 1.01 3.11 2.14 1.08
19.0 27 3.81 2.54 0.79 3.65 2.47 0.86 3.50 2.40 0.94 3.43 2.37 0.97 3.34 2.33 1.01 3.18 2.26 1.08
22.0 30 4.04 2.44 0.79 3.88 2.38 0.87 3.73 2.32 0.94 3.66 2.29 0.97 3.57 2.25 1.02 3.42 2.19 1.09
24.0 32 4.19 2.37 0.80 4.04 2.31 0.87 3.88 2.25 0.95 3.82 2.23 0.98 3.72 2.20 1.02 3.57 2.14 1.10
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
40 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
FTKS50GVMA + RKS50FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)
FTKS60GVMA + RKS60FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)
AFR 14.7
BF 0.18
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 5.30 3.83 1.15 5.06 3.71 1.26 4.82 3.59 1.37 4.72 3.54 1.42 4.57 3.47 1.48 4.33 3.35 1.59
16.0 22 5.53 3.76 1.16 5.29 3.65 1.27 5.05 3.53 1.38 4.96 3.49 1.42 4.81 3.42 1.49 4.57 3.31 1.60
18.0 25 5.77 3.93 1.16 5.53 3.82 1.27 5.29 3.71 1.39 5.20 3.67 1.43 5.05 3.61 1.50 4.81 3.50 1.61
19.0 27 5.89 4.13 1.17 5.65 4.02 1.28 5.41 3.92 1.39 5.31 3.88 1.43 5.17 3.82 1.50 4.93 3.72 1.61
22.0 30 6.25 3.97 1.18 6.01 3.88 1.29 5.77 3.79 1.40 5.67 3.75 1.44 5.53 3.70 1.51 5.29 3.61 1.62
24.0 32 6.49 3.86 1.18 6.25 3.78 1.29 6.01 3.70 1.41 5.91 3.66 1.45 5.77 3.61 1.52 5.52 3.53 1.63
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
AFR 16.2
BF 0.28
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 5.68 4.00 1.55 5.68 4.00 1.72 5.49 3.90 1.88 5.38 3.84 1.94 5.21 3.75 2.03 4.94 3.61 2.18
16.0 22 6.31 4.12 1.58 6.03 3.98 1.73 5.76 3.84 1.88 5.65 3.79 1.95 5.48 3.70 2.04 5.21 3.57 2.19
18.0 25 6.58 4.26 1.59 6.30 4.13 1.74 6.03 4.00 1.89 5.92 3.95 1.95 5.75 3.88 2.05 5.48 3.75 2.20
19.0 27 6.71 4.45 1.60 6.44 4.32 1.75 6.16 4.20 1.90 6.05 4.15 1.96 5.89 4.08 2.05 5.62 3.96 2.20
22.0 30 7.12 4.27 1.61 6.85 4.16 1.76 6.57 4.05 1.91 6.46 4.01 1.97 6.30 3.94 2.06 6.02 3.84 2.22
24.0 32 7.39 4.15 1.62 7.12 4.04 1.77 6.84 3.94 1.92 6.73 3.90 1.98 6.57 3.84 2.07 6.29 3.75 2.22
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 41
Capacity Tables ED04-910
FTKS71GVMA + RKS71FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)
AFR 17.4
BF 0.27
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 6.18 4.36 1.72 6.18 4.36 1.94 6.18 4.36 2.15 6.18 4.36 2.23 6.18 4.36 2.35 5.91 4.21 2.53
16.0 22 7.55 4.84 1.84 7.22 4.67 2.01 6.89 4.50 2.19 6.76 4.43 2.26 6.56 4.33 2.36 6.23 4.16 2.54
18.0 25 7.87 4.99 1.85 7.54 4.83 2.02 7.22 4.67 2.20 7.08 4.60 2.27 6.89 4.51 2.37 6.56 4.36 2.55
19.0 27 8.03 5.19 1.85 7.71 5.03 2.03 7.38 4.88 2.20 7.25 4.82 2.27 7.05 4.72 2.38 6.72 4.58 2.56
22.0 30 8.52 4.98 1.87 8.19 4.84 2.04 7.87 4.70 2.22 7.73 4.65 2.29 7.54 4.56 2.40 7.21 4.43 2.57
24.0 32 8.85 4.82 1.88 8.52 4.69 2.05 8.19 4.57 2.23 8.06 4.52 2.30 7.86 4.44 2.41 7.53 4.32 2.58
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
42 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
8.2 Heat Pump
FTXS25GVMA + RXS25EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 8.7
BF 0.24
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 2.52 1.91 0.46 2.41 1.85 0.50 2.29 1.79 0.55 2.25 1.77 0.57 2.18 1.74 0.59 2.06 1.68 0.64
16.0 22 2.63 1.87 0.46 2.52 1.82 0.51 2.40 1.77 0.55 2.36 1.75 0.57 2.29 1.72 0.60 2.18 1.67 0.64
18.0 25 2.75 1.97 0.47 2.63 1.92 0.51 2.52 1.87 0.55 2.47 1.85 0.57 2.40 1.82 0.60 2.29 1.77 0.64
19.0 27 2.80 2.08 0.47 2.69 2.03 0.51 2.57 1.99 0.56 2.53 1.97 0.57 2.46 1.94 0.60 2.35 1.89 0.64
22.0 30 2.97 2.01 0.47 2.86 1.97 0.52 2.74 1.93 0.56 2.70 1.91 0.58 2.63 1.88 0.60 2.52 1.84 0.65
24.0 32 3.09 1.96 0.47 2.97 1.92 0.52 2.86 1.88 0.56 2.81 1.87 0.58 2.74 1.84 0.61 2.63 1.81 0.65
AFR 9.4
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 2.27 0.71 2.65 0.74 3.03 0.78 3.49 0.82 3.79 0.85
20.0 2.15 0.73 2.53 0.76 2.91 0.80 3.37 0.84 3.67 0.87
22.0 2.11 0.74 2.49 0.77 2.87 0.81 3.32 0.85 3.63 0.88
24.0 2.06 0.74 2.44 0.78 2.82 0.81 3.28 0.86 3.58 0.88
25.0 2.04 0.75 2.42 0.78 2.80 0.82 3.25 0.86 3.56 0.89
27.0 1.99 0.76 2.37 0.79 2.75 0.82 3.21 0.87 3.51 0.89
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 43
Capacity Tables ED04-910
FTXS35GVMA + RXS35EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 8.9
BF 0.24
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 3.29 2.32 0.77 3.27 2.30 0.85 3.11 2.22 0.92 3.05 2.19 0.95 2.96 2.14 1.00 2.80 2.06 1.07
16.0 22 3.58 2.35 0.78 3.42 2.27 0.85 3.26 2.19 0.93 3.20 2.16 0.96 3.11 2.11 1.00 2.95 2.04 1.08
18.0 25 3.73 2.43 0.78 3.57 2.36 0.86 3.42 2.29 0.93 3.36 2.26 0.96 3.26 2.21 1.01 3.11 2.14 1.08
19.0 27 3.81 2.54 0.79 3.65 2.47 0.86 3.50 2.40 0.94 3.43 2.37 0.97 3.34 2.33 1.01 3.18 2.26 1.08
22.0 30 4.04 2.44 0.79 3.88 2.38 0.87 3.73 2.32 0.94 3.66 2.29 0.97 3.57 2.25 1.02 3.42 2.19 1.09
24.0 32 4.19 2.37 0.80 4.04 2.31 0.87 3.88 2.25 0.95 3.82 2.23 0.98 3.72 2.20 1.02 3.57 2.14 1.10
AFR 9.7
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 2.65 0.94 3.10 0.98 3.54 1.03 4.08 1.08 4.43 1.12
20.0 2.52 0.96 2.96 1.01 3.41 1.06 3.94 1.11 4.30 1.15
22.0 2.46 0.97 2.91 1.02 3.35 1.07 3.89 1.12 4.24 1.16
24.0 2.41 0.98 2.85 1.03 3.30 1.08 3.83 1.13 4.19 1.17
25.0 2.38 0.99 2.83 1.03 3.27 1.08 3.80 1.14 4.16 1.17
27.0 2.33 1.00 2.77 1.04 3.22 1.09 3.75 1.15 4.11 1.18
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
44 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
FTXS50GVMA + RXS50FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 14.7
BF 0.18
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 5.30 3.83 1.15 5.06 3.71 1.26 4.82 3.59 1.37 4.72 3.54 1.42 4.57 3.47 1.48 4.33 3.35 1.59
16.0 22 5.53 3.76 1.16 5.29 3.65 1.27 5.05 3.53 1.38 4.96 3.49 1.42 4.81 3.42 1.49 4.57 3.31 1.60
18.0 25 5.77 3.93 1.16 5.53 3.82 1.27 5.29 3.71 1.39 5.20 3.67 1.43 5.05 3.61 1.50 4.81 3.50 1.61
19.0 27 5.89 4.13 1.17 5.65 4.02 1.28 5.41 3.92 1.39 5.31 3.88 1.43 5.17 3.82 1.50 4.93 3.72 1.61
22.0 30 6.25 3.97 1.18 6.01 3.88 1.29 5.77 3.79 1.40 5.67 3.75 1.44 5.53 3.70 1.51 5.29 3.61 1.62
24.0 32 6.49 3.86 1.18 6.25 3.78 1.29 6.01 3.70 1.41 5.91 3.66 1.45 5.77 3.61 1.52 5.52 3.53 1.63
AFR 16.2
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 3.94 1.36 4.61 1.43 5.27 1.49 6.06 1.57 6.59 1.63
20.0 3.74 1.40 4.40 1.46 5.07 1.53 5.86 1.61 6.39 1.66
22.0 3.66 1.41 4.32 1.48 4.99 1.54 5.78 1.62 6.31 1.68
24.0 3.58 1.43 4.24 1.49 4.90 1.56 5.70 1.64 6.23 1.69
25.0 3.54 1.43 4.20 1.50 4.86 1.57 5.66 1.65 6.19 1.70
27.0 3.46 1.45 4.12 1.51 4.78 1.58 5.58 1.66 6.11 1.71
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 45
Capacity Tables ED04-910
FTXS60GVMA + RXS60FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 16.2
BF 0.28
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 5.68 4.00 1.55 5.68 4.00 1.72 5.49 3.90 1.88 5.38 3.84 1.94 5.21 3.75 2.03 4.94 3.61 2.18
16.0 22 6.31 4.12 1.58 6.03 3.98 1.73 5.76 3.84 1.88 5.65 3.79 1.95 5.48 3.70 2.04 5.21 3.57 2.19
18.0 25 6.58 4.26 1.59 6.30 4.13 1.74 6.03 4.00 1.89 5.92 3.95 1.95 5.75 3.88 2.05 5.48 3.75 2.20
19.0 27 6.71 4.45 1.60 6.44 4.32 1.75 6.16 4.20 1.90 6.05 4.15 1.96 5.89 4.08 2.05 5.62 3.96 2.20
22.0 30 7.12 4.27 1.61 6.85 4.16 1.76 6.57 4.05 1.91 6.46 4.01 1.97 6.30 3.94 2.06 6.02 3.84 2.22
24.0 32 7.39 4.15 1.62 7.12 4.04 1.77 6.84 3.94 1.92 6.73 3.90 1.98 6.57 3.84 2.07 6.29 3.75 2.22
AFR 17.4
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 4.69 1.72 5.47 1.80 6.26 1.88 7.20 1.98 7.83 2.05
20.0 4.45 1.76 5.23 1.85 6.02 1.93 6.96 2.03 7.59 2.10
22.0 4.35 1.78 5.13 1.86 5.92 1.95 6.86 2.05 7.49 2.12
24.0 4.25 1.80 5.04 1.88 5.82 1.97 6.77 2.07 7.40 2.13
25.0 4.20 1.81 4.99 1.89 5.78 1.98 6.72 2.08 7.35 2.14
27.0 4.11 1.83 4.89 1.91 5.68 1.99 6.62 2.09 7.25 2.16
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
46 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
FTXS71GVMA + RXS71FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 17.4
BF 0.27
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 6.18 4.36 1.72 6.18 4.36 1.94 6.18 4.36 2.15 6.18 4.36 2.23 6.18 4.36 2.35 5.91 4.21 2.53
16.0 22 7.55 4.84 1.84 7.22 4.67 2.01 6.89 4.50 2.19 6.76 4.43 2.26 6.56 4.33 2.36 6.23 4.16 2.54
18.0 25 7.87 4.99 1.85 7.54 4.83 2.02 7.22 4.67 2.20 7.08 4.60 2.27 6.89 4.51 2.37 6.56 4.36 2.55
19.0 27 8.03 5.19 1.85 7.71 5.03 2.03 7.38 4.88 2.20 7.25 4.82 2.27 7.05 4.72 2.38 6.72 4.58 2.56
22.0 30 8.52 4.98 1.87 8.19 4.84 2.04 7.87 4.70 2.22 7.73 4.65 2.29 7.54 4.56 2.40 7.21 4.43 2.57
24.0 32 8.85 4.82 1.88 8.52 4.69 2.05 8.19 4.57 2.23 8.06 4.52 2.30 7.86 4.44 2.41 7.53 4.32 2.58
AFR 21.5
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 5.41 2.09 6.32 2.19 7.23 2.29 8.32 2.41 9.04 2.50
20.0 5.13 2.14 6.04 2.25 6.95 2.35 8.04 2.47 8.77 2.55
22.0 5.02 2.17 5.93 2.27 6.84 2.37 7.93 2.49 8.66 2.57
24.0 4.91 2.19 5.82 2.29 6.73 2.39 7.82 2.51 8.54 2.60
25.0 4.86 2.20 5.77 2.30 6.67 2.40 7.76 2.53 8.49 2.61
27.0 4.75 2.22 5.65 2.32 6.56 2.43 7.65 2.55 8.38 2.63
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 47
Capacity Tables ED04-910
FTXS80GVMA + RXS80FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 21.1
BF 0.34
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 6.78 4.78 2.01 6.78 4.78 2.25 6.78 4.78 2.49 6.78 4.78 2.58 6.78 4.78 2.71 6.54 4.65 2.91
16.0 22 8.33 5.33 2.11 7.99 5.15 2.32 7.62 4.96 2.52 7.48 4.89 2.60 7.26 4.78 2.72 6.90 4.60 2.92
18.0 25 8.71 5.51 2.13 8.35 5.33 2.33 7.98 5.15 2.53 7.84 5.08 2.61 7.62 4.98 2.73 7.26 4.81 2.94
19.0 27 8.89 5.73 2.13 8.53 5.55 2.33 8.16 5.38 2.54 8.02 5.31 2.62 7.80 5.21 2.74 7.44 5.05 2.94
22.0 30 9.43 5.49 2.15 9.07 5.34 2.35 8.70 5.19 2.56 8.56 5.13 2.64 8.34 5.04 2.76 7.98 4.89 2.96
24.0 32 9.79 5.32 2.16 9.42 5.18 2.37 9.06 5.04 2.57 8.92 4.98 2.65 8.70 4.90 2.77 8.34 4.77 2.97
AFR 23
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 6.41 2.72 7.48 2.86 8.56 2.99 9.85 3.15 10.71 3.25
20.0 6.08 2.80 7.16 2.93 8.23 3.06 9.52 3.22 10.38 3.33
22.0 5.95 2.82 7.02 2.96 8.10 3.09 9.39 3.25 10.25 3.36
24.0 5.82 2.85 6.89 2.99 7.97 3.12 9.26 3.28 10.12 3.38
25.0 5.75 2.87 6.83 3.00 7.90 3.13 9.19 3.29 10.05 3.40
27.0 5.62 2.90 6.69 3.03 7.77 3.16 9.06 3.32 9.92 3.43
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
48 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
FTXS80HVMA + RXS80HVMA (50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V)Cooling
Heating
3D062310
AFR 23.8
BF 0.21
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 8.20 5.94 1.98 7.82 5.75 2.17 7.45 5.56 2.36 7.30 5.49 2.44 7.08 5.38 2.55 6.71 5.19 2.74
16.0 22 8.56 5.84 1.99 8.19 5.66 2.18 7.82 5.48 2.37 7.67 5.41 2.45 7.45 5.31 2.56 7.07 5.14 2.75
18.0 25 8.93 6.09 2.00 8.56 5.93 2.19 8.19 5.76 2.38 8.04 5.70 2.46 7.82 5.60 2.57 7.44 5.44 2.77
19.0 27 9.12 6.41 2.01 8.75 6.24 2.20 8.37 6.09 2.39 8.22 6.02 2.47 8.00 5.93 2.58 7.63 5.77 2.77
22.0 30 9.67 6.17 2.02 9.30 6.03 2.22 8.93 5.89 2.41 8.78 5.83 2.48 8.55 5.75 2.60 8.18 5.61 2.79
24.0 32 10.04 6.00 2.04 9.67 5.87 2.23 9.29 5.74 2.42 9.14 5.69 2.49 8.92 5.61 2.61 8.55 5.49 2.80
AFR 24.1
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 6.40 2.59 7.47 2.71 8.54 2.84 9.83 2.99 10.69 3.09
20.0 6.07 2.66 7.14 2.78 8.21 2.91 9.50 3.06 10.36 3.16
22.0 5.94 2.68 7.01 2.81 8.08 2.94 9.37 3.09 10.29 3.19
24.0 5.80 2.71 6.88 2.84 7.95 2.96 9.24 3.12 10.10 3.22
25.0 5.74 2.73 6.81 2.85 7.88 2.98 9.17 3.13 10.03 3.23
27.0 5.61 2.75 6.68 2.88 7.75 3.01 9.04 3.16 9.90 3.26
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 7.5mLevel difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above table.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 49
Capacity Tables ED04-910
FTXS90HVMA + RXS90HVMA (50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V)Cooling
Heating
3D062309
AFR 23.8
BF 0.23
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 8.92 6.28 2.53 8.80 6.22 2.79 8.38 6.00 3.04 8.21 5.91 3.14 7.96 5.78 3.28 7.54 5.57 3.53
16.0 22 9.64 6.33 2.56 9.22 6.12 2.81 8.80 5.91 3.05 8.63 5.83 3.15 8.38 5.71 3.30 7.96 5.50 3.54
18.0 25 10.05 6.56 2.58 9.63 6.36 2.82 9.21 6.17 3.07 9.04 6.09 3.17 8.79 5.98 3.31 8.37 5.79 3.56
19.0 27 10.26 6.86 2.58 9.84 6.66 2.83 9.42 6.48 3.07 9.25 6.40 3.17 9.00 6.29 3.32 8.58 6.11 3.57
22.0 30 10.88 6.59 2.61 10.46 6.42 2.85 10.04 6.25 3.10 9.87 6.19 3.19 9.62 6.09 3.34 9.20 5.93 3.59
24.0 32 11.29 6.39 2.62 10.87 6.24 2.87 10.46 6.09 3.11 10.29 6.03 3.21 10.04 5.94 3.36 9.62 5.79 3.60
AFR 24.1
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 6.73 2.82 7.86 2.95 8.99 3.09 10.35 3.25 11.25 3.36
20.0 6.39 2.89 7.52 3.03 8.64 3.17 10.00 3.33 10.90 3.44
22.0 6.25 2.92 7.38 3.06 8.51 3.20 9.86 3.36 10.77 3.47
24.0 6.11 2.95 7.24 3.09 8.37 3.23 9.72 3.39 10.63 3.50
25.0 6.04 2.97 7.17 3.10 8.30 3.24 9.65 3.41 10.56 3.51
27.0 5.90 3.00 7.03 3.13 8.16 3.27 9.52 3.44 10.42 3.54
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 7.5mLevel difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above table.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
50 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
FTXS100HVMA + RXS100HVMA (50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V)Cooling
Heating
3D062308
AFR 23.8
BF 0.27
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 8.46 5.96 2.75 8.46 5.96 3.07 8.46 5.96 3.36 8.46 5.96 3.47 8.46 5.96 3.63 8.30 5.87 3.90
16.0 22 10.39 6.66 2.82 10.14 6.52 3.10 9.68 6.28 3.37 9.49 6.18 3.48 9.22 6.04 3.65 8.75 5.81 3.92
18.0 25 11.05 6.97 2.85 10.59 6.74 3.12 10.13 6.51 3.39 9.95 6.42 3.50 9.67 6.29 3.66 9.21 6.07 3.93
19.0 27 11.28 7.24 2.86 10.82 7.01 3.13 10.36 6.80 3.40 10.18 6.71 3.51 9.90 6.58 3.67 9.44 6.37 3.94
22.0 30 11.97 6.94 2.88 11.51 6.74 3.15 11.05 6.55 3.42 10.86 6.47 3.53 10.58 6.36 3.69 10.12 6.17 3.97
24.0 32 12.42 6.72 2.90 11.96 6.54 3.17 11.50 6.36 3.44 11.32 6.29 3.55 11.04 6.19 3.71 10.58 6.01 3.98
AFR 24.1
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 7.40 3.38 8.65 3.55 9.89 3.71 11.38 3.91 12.37 4.04
20.0 7.03 3.47 8.27 3.64 9.51 3.80 11.00 4.00 11.99 4.13
22.0 6.87 3.51 8.12 3.67 9.36 3.84 10.85 4.04 11.84 4.17
24.0 6.72 3.54 7.96 3.71 9.21 3.87 10.70 4.07 11.69 4.20
25.0 6.65 3.56 7.89 3.73 9.13 3.89 10.62 4.09 11.61 4.22
27.0 6.49 3.60 7.74 3.76 8.98 3.93 10.47 4.13 11.46 4.26
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 7.5mLevel difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above table.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 51
Capacity Tables ED04-910
FTXS50CVMA + RXS50BVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling
Heating
AFR 11.4
BF 0.18
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)
EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 4.55 3.21 1.22 4.55 3.21 1.39 4.36 3.10 1.52 4.27 3.06 1.57 4.14 2.99 1.64 3.92 2.88 1.76
16.0 22 5.01 3.28 1.28 4.79 3.17 1.40 4.57 3.06 1.53 4.49 3.01 1.58 4.36 2.95 1.65 4.14 2.85 1.77
18.0 25 5.23 3.39 1.29 5.01 3.29 1.41 4.79 3.19 1.53 4.70 3.15 1.58 4.57 3.09 1.66 4.35 2.99 1.78
19.0 27 5.33 3.54 1.29 5.12 3.44 1.41 4.90 3.35 1.54 4.81 3.31 1.59 4.68 3.25 1.66 4.46 3.15 1.78
22.0 30 5.66 3.40 1.30 5.44 3.32 1.43 5.22 3.23 1.55 5.13 3.19 1.60 5.00 3.14 1.67 4.79 3.06 1.79
24.0 32 5.87 3.30 1.31 5.65 3.22 1.43 5.44 3.14 1.56 5.35 3.11 1.60 5.22 3.06 1.68 5.00 2.99 1.80
AFR 12.6
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)
EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 3.66 1.46 4.28 1.53 4.89 1.61 5.63 1.69 6.12 1.75
20.0 3.47 1.50 4.09 1.57 4.70 1.64 5.44 1.73 5.93 1.79
22.0 3.40 1.52 4.01 1.59 4.63 1.66 5.36 1.75 5.86 1.80
24.0 3.32 1.53 3.94 1.60 4.55 1.68 5.29 1.76 5.78 1.82
25.0 3.29 1.54 3.90 1.61 4.52 1.68 5.25 1.77 5.74 1.83
27.0 3.21 1.56 3.83 1.63 4.44 1.70 5.18 1.78 5.67 1.84
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.
2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
BF : Bypass factor
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)
TC : Total capacity (kW)
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)
PI : Power input (kW)
52 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Capacity Tables
8.3 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping (Reference)The cooling and the heating capacity of the unit has to be corrected in accordance with the length of refrigerant piping. (The distance between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit)
8.3.1 25/35 Class
8.3.2 50 Class
<— line : cooling capacity><--- line : heating capacity>
Cap
acity
cor
rect
ion
fact
or
1
5 10 15 20
0.9
0.8
R-410A (25/35 Class)
Piping length (m)
(R4979)
Range of the refrigerant additional charge
Cap
acity
cor
rect
ion
fact
or
1
5 10 15 20 25 30
0.9
0.8
R-410A 50Class
Piping length (m)
(R5167)
Range of the Refrigerant Additional Charge
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 53
Capacity Tables ED04-910
8.3.3 60/71/80/90/100 Class
Note: 1. The graph shows the factor when additional refrigerant of the proper quantity is charged.
Cap
acity
cor
rect
ion
fact
or
1
5 10 15 20 25 30
0.9
0.8
R-410A 60/71/80/90/100Class
Piping length (m)
(R6058)
Range of the Refrigerant Additional Charge
54 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Limit
9. Operation Limit9.1 Cooling Only
RKS25EBVMA, RKS35EBVMA
RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA, RKS71FBVMA
Notes:The graph is basedon the following conditions.• Equivalent piping length 7.5m• Level difference 0m• Air flow rate High
Out
door
tem
p.( °
CD
B)
50
40
30
20
46
10
10Indoor temp.( °CWB)14
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
20 23
Pul
l-dow
n pe
riod
28 30
4D050467G
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
28
Pul
l-dow
n pe
riod
• Level difference
23
• Equivalent piping length
50
20
10
40
The graph is basedon the following conditions.
30
7.5m
• Air flow rate
20 30
High
Notes:
46
0m
10 14
Out
door
tem
p.(°
CD
B)
Indoor temp.(°CWB)
4D054070F
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 55
Operation Limit ED04-910
9.2 Heat Pump
RXS25EBVMA, RXS35EBVMA
RXS50FBVMA, RXS60FBVMA, RXS71FBVMA,RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA, RXS100HVMA
Out
door
tem
p.(°
CD
B)
30
40
50
20
46
10
10
Cooling
Indoor temp.(°CWB)14
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
20 23
Pul
l-dow
n pe
riod
28 30
(-10°CDB)O
utdo
or te
mp.
(°C
WB
)-10
-5
20
15
10
5
0
10Indoor temp.(°CDB)
Heating
20
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
30
• Equivalent piping length
High• Level difference 0m
Notes:
• Air flow rate
7.5m
The graphs are basedon the following conditions.
3D050466E
• Equivalent piping length
28
0m
-10
20
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
0
High
20
0
23
50
30
The graphs are basedon the following conditions.
20
10
10
-15
-5
10
7.5m
Notes: 3014
40
• Air flow rate
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
-10
10
46
30
Cooling
18
20
15
• Level difference
Heating
5
Pul
l-dow
n pe
riod
Out
door
tem
p.(°
CD
B)
Indoor temp.(°CWB)
Out
door
tem
p.(°
CW
B)
Indoor temp.(°CDB)
(-15°CDB)
3D054069D
56 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Limit
RXS50BVMAO
utdo
or te
mp.
(°C
DB
)
-10
20
40
50
30
46
10
-5
0
10Indoor temp.(°CWB)
Cooling
14
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
20 23
Pul
l-dow
n pe
riod
28 30
Notes: The graphs are based
• Air flow rate• Level difference
on the following conditions.• Equivalent piping length
(-15°CDB)O
utdo
or te
mp.
(°C
WB
)
-10
-15
-5
20
18
15
10
5
0
7.5m
High0m
10Indoor temp.(°CDB)
Heating
20
Con
tinuo
us o
pera
tion
30
3D027640H
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 57
Sound Level ED04-910
10.Sound Level10.1 Measuring Location
Note: 1. Operation sound is measured in an anechoic chamber.2. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
Wall Mounted Type
1m
0.8m
(R1759)
1m
(R1003)
Cooling Heating Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWBIndoor ; 20°CDB
Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 5m
58 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Sound Level
10.2 Octave Band Level10.2.1 Indoor Units
FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMA
FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA
FTKS71GVMA
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
37
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
25
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
4D048279C
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
38
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
26
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
4D048280C
NC-60
Cooling
NC-40
(L)
35
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
220-240/220-230V
NC-30
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
NC-20
(H)
NC-50
50/60Hz
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
44
220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
4D054973A
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
45
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
36
Cooling
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
4D040304F
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
Cooling
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
46
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
37
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
4D040305J
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 59
Sound Level ED04-910
FTXS25GVMA
FTXS35GVMA
FTXS50GVMA
FTXS60GVMA
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20Cooling
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
37
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
25
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Heating
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
37
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
28
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
3D048277C
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20Cooling
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
38
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
26
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Heating
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
38
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
29
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
3D048278C
NC-60
33
220-240/220-230V
Heating
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
Cooling
50/60Hz50/60Hz
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)NC-3050/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
NC-50
NC-30
NC-50
(L)(L)(H)
NC-40
44
NC-60
(H)220-240/220-230V
NC-20
220-240/220-230V
NC-40
42
NC-20
35
50/60Hz
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING HEATING
3D054979B
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
45
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
36
Cooling
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(H)
44
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
(L)
35
Heating
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
3D040300F
60 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Sound Level
FTXS71GVMA
FTXS80GVMA
FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA
FTXS100HVMA
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20Cooling
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
46
(H)220-240/220-230V
50/60Hz
37
(L)
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20Heating
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
46
(H)220-240/220-230V
50/60Hz
37
(L)
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
3D040301E
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz
Cooling
NC-40
(H) (L)220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
NC-30
49NC-50 49
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
NC-40
(L)
50/60Hz
NC-20
40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Heating
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
220-240/220-230VNC-60
38
NC-30
(H)
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING HEATING
3D054890A
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
(0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
(0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)
COOLING HEATING
NC-60
NC-30
NC-50
NC-20
NC-40 NC-40
NC-20
NC-60
NC-30
NC-50
220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz50/60Hz
3849
220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
Heating
220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz50/60Hz
4049
Cooling
220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
3D061960
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
(0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
(0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)
COOLING HEATING
NC-40
NC-60
NC-50
NC-30
NC-20
NC-40
NC-60
NC-30
NC-50
NC-20
220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz50/60Hz
4049
Cooling
220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz50/60Hz
3849
220-240/220-230V(L)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
Heating
3D061962
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 61
Sound Level ED04-910
FTXS50CVMA
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
44
(H)220-240/220-230V
50/60Hz
35
(L)
Cooling
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
42
(H)220-240/220-230V
50/60Hz
33
(L)
Heating
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
3D040299G
62 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Sound Level
10.2.2 Outdoor Units
RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA
RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA
RKS71FBVMA
220~240V(H)50/60Hz
46
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
220~240V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
4D047727G
220~240V(H)50/60Hz
47
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
220~240V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
4D047728G
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
Cooling
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
47
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
4D027648E
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
Cooling
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
49
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
4D040949F
NC-60
NC-20
NC-30
NC-50
NC-40 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
52
50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V
Cooling
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING
4D054592A
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 63
Sound Level ED04-910
RXS25EBVMA
RXS35EBVMA
RXS50FBVMA
RXS60FBVMA
Cooling
NC-60
Heating
NC-50
NC-20
220~240V(H)
NC-30
46
220~240V 50/60Hz
NC-60
NC-40
50/60Hz
NC-40
NC-50
NC-20
NC-30
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING HEATING
220~240V(H)
47
220~240V 50/60Hz
50/60Hz
3D047725H
NC-30
NC-40
NC-20
Heating
NC-50NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
Cooling
NC-60NC-60
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING HEATING
220~240V(H)
47
220~240V 50/60Hz
50/60Hz220~240V(H)
48
220~240V 50/60Hz
50/60Hz
3D047726H
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
47
Cooling
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
48
Heating
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
3D027645P
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
Cooling
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
49
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
Heating
50/60Hz220-240/220-230V
49
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
3D035059G
64 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Sound Level
RXS71FBVMA
RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
RXS100HVMA
RXS50BVMA
NC-40
NC-60
NC-20
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30HeatingCooling
52
50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V
52
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING HEATING
3D054590A
NC-50
NC-40
NC-30
NC-20
NC-60
NC-40
NC-20
NC-60
NC-30
NC-50
Cooling Heating
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V
54 54
50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V
220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
COOLING HEATING
3D054591A
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)
COOLING HEATING
NC-50
NC-30
NC-40
NC-20
NC-60
NC-20
NC-40
NC-60
NC-30
NC-5054
50Hz 220V - 240V60Hz 220V - 230V
POWER SOURCE 220 - 240 / 220 - 230V 50 / 60Hz
Cooling
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
55
50Hz 220V - 240V60Hz 220V - 230V
POWER SOURCE 220 - 240 / 220 - 230V 50 / 60Hz
Heating
3D062306
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
47
Cooling
COOLING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
220-240/220-230V50/60Hz
48
Heating
HEATING
NC-40
NC-30
NC-50
NC-60
NC-20
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
70
60
20
30
50
40
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
70
60
20
30
50
40
63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
OC
TAV
E B
AN
D S
OU
ND
PR
ES
SU
RE
LE
VE
LdB
( 0dB
=0.
0002
µ ba
r)
THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE
FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE
POWER SOURCE
JIS STANDARD
OPERATING CONDITIONS
OVER ALL ( dB )
SCALE
A
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
3D027645P
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 65
Electric Characteristics ED04-910
11.Electric Characteristics
REPRESENTATIVE UNIT COMBINATION POWER SUPPLY COMP OFM IFM
INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT Hz-Volts VOLTAGE RANGE MCA MFA RHz RLA W FLA W FLA
FTKS25GVMA RKS25EBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
9.75 10 48.50
3.0
23 0.22 40 0.14
50-230 2.8
50-240 2.7
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
3.0
60-230 2.8
FTKS35GVMA RKS35EBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
9.75 10 75
4.4
23 0.22 40 0.14
50-230 4.2
50-240 4.0
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
4.4
60-230 4.2
FTKS50GVMA RKS50FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 67
6.5
53 0.32 43 0.17
50-230 6.2
50-240 5.9
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
6.5
60-230 6.2
FTKS60GVMA RKS60FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 84
9.0
53 0.39 43 0.18
50-230 8.6
50-240 8.2
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
9.0
60-230 8.6
FTKS71GVMA RKS71FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 56
10.4
66 0.40 43 0.19
50-230 10.0
50-240 9.5
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
10.4
60-230 10.0
SYMBOLS: NOTE:
MCA : MIN. CIRCUIT AMPS (A) 1. RLA is based on the following conditions.Indoor temp. 27°CDB/19°CWBOutdoor temp. 35°CDB.
2. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.3. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA.4. Instead of fuse, use circuit breaker.5. Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle
higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling high harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
MFA : MAX. FUSE AMPS (A)
RLA : RATED LOAD AMPS (A)
OFM : OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
IFM : INDOOR FAN MOTOR
FLA : FULL LOAD AMPS (A)
W : FAN MOTOR RATED OUTPUT (W)
RHz : RATED OPERATING FREQUENCY (Hz)
66 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Electric Characteristics
REPRESENTATIVE UNIT COMBINATION POWER SUPPLY COMP OFM IFM
INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT Hz-Volts VOLTAGE RANGE MCA MFA RHz RLA W FLA W FLA
FTXS25GVMA RXS25EBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
9.75 10 48.50
3.0
23 0.22 40 0.14
50-230 2.8
50-240 2.7
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
3.0
60-230 2.8
FTXS35GVMA RXS35EBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
9.75 10 75
4.4
23 0.22 40 0.14
50-230 4.2
50-240 4.0
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
4.4
60-230 4.2
FTXS50GVMA RXS50FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 67
6.5
53 0.32 43 0.17
50-230 6.2
50-240 5.9
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
6.5
60-230 6.2
FTXS60GVMA RXS60FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 84
9.0
53 0.39 43 0.18
50-230 8.6
50-240 8.2
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
9.0
60-230 8.6
FTXS71GVMA RXS71FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 56
10.4
66 0.40 43 0.19
50-230 10.0
50-240 9.5
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
10.4
60-230 10.0
FTXS80GVMA RXS80FBVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.75 20 62
12.1
66 0.49 43 0.30
50-230 11.5
50-240 11.0
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V
12.1
60-230 11.5
SYMBOLS: NOTE:
MCA : MIN. CIRCUIT AMPS (A) 1. RLA is based on the following conditions.Indoor temp. 27°CDB/19°CWBOutdoor temp. 35°CDB.
2. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.3. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA.4. Instead of fuse, use circuit breaker.5. Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle
higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling high harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
MFA : MAX. FUSE AMPS (A)
RLA : RATED LOAD AMPS (A)
OFM : OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
IFM : INDOOR FAN MOTOR
FLA : FULL LOAD AMPS (A)
W : FAN MOTOR RATED OUTPUT (W)
RHz : RATED OPERATING FREQUENCY (Hz)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 67
Electric Characteristics ED04-910
3D0623033D062304
REPRESENTATIVE UNIT COMBINATION POWER SUPPLY COMP OFM IFM
INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT Hz-Volts VOLTAGE RANGE MCA MFA RHz RLA W FLA W FLA
FTXS80HVMA RXS80HVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
18.50 20 58
11.2
66 0.49 64 0.18
50-230 10.7
50-240 10.2
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253VMIN. 60Hz 198V
11.2
60-230 10.7
FTXS90HVMA RXS90HVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.50 20 72
14.5
66 0.49 64 0.18
50-230 13.8
50-240 13.2
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253VMIN. 60Hz 198V
14.5
60-230 13.8
FTXS100HVMA RXS100HVMA
50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V
19.50 20 78
16.2
200 0.35 64 0.18
50-230 15.5
50-240 14.8
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253VMIN. 60Hz 198V
16.2
60-230 15.5
FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA 50-240 MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V 18 20 72 6.5 53 0.22 40 0.17
SYMBOLS: NOTE:
MCA : MIN. CIRCUIT AMPS (A) 1. RLA is based on the following conditions.Indoor temp. 27°CDB/19°CWBOutdoor temp. 35°CDB.
2. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.3. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA.4. Instead of fuse, use circuit breaker.5. Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle
higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling high harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
MFA : MAX. FUSE AMPS (A)
RLA : RATED LOAD AMPS (A)
OFM : OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
IFM : INDOOR FAN MOTOR
FLA : FULL LOAD AMPS (A)
W : FAN MOTOR RATED OUTPUT (W)
RHz : RATED OPERATING FREQUENCY (Hz)
68 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12. Installation Manual12.1 Indoor Units12.1.1 Safety Precautions
• Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.• This manual classifies the precautions into WARNING and CAUTION.• Be sure to follow all the precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
CAUTION
Failure to follow any of WARNING is likely to result in such grave consequences as death or serious injury.
Failure to follow any of CAUTION may result in grave consequences in some cases.
• The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual:
Be sure to observe this instruction. Be sure to establish an earth connection. Never attempt.
• After completing installation, test the unit to check for installation errors. Give the user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning of the unit according to the Operation Manual.
• Installation should be left to the dealer or another professional. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner according to the instructions given in this manual. Incomplete installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to use the supplied or specified installation parts. Use of other parts may cause the unit to come to lose, water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner on a solid base that can support the weight of the unit. An inadequate base or incomplete installation may cause injury in the event the unit falls off the base.
• Electrical work should be carried out in accordance with the installation manual and the national electrical wiring rules or code of practice. Insufficient capacity or incomplete electrical work may cause electrical shock or fire.
• Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.
• The installation height from the floor must be over 1.8m.
• Use the specified types of wires for electrical connections between the indoor and outdoor units. Firmly clamp the interconnecting wires so their terminals receive no external stresses. Incomplete connections or clamping may cause terminal overheating or fire.
• For wiring, use a cable length enough to cover the entire distance with no connection. Do not use an extension cord. Do not put other loads on the power supply, use a dedicated power circuit. (Failure to do so may cause abnormal heat, electric shock or fire.)
• After all installation is complete, check to make sure that no refrigerant is leaking out. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)
• Do not install the air conditioner in a place where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas leakage. If the gas leaks and builds up around the unit, it may catch fire.
• Establish drain piping according to the instructions of this manual. Inadequate piping may cause flooding.
• Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method such as with a torque wrench. If the flare nut is tightened too hard, the flare nut may crack after a long time and cause refrigerant leakage.
• After connecting interconnecting and supply wiring be sure to shape the cables so that they do not put undue force on the electrical covers or panels. Install covers over the wires. Incomplete cover installation may cause terminal overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
• When installing or relocating the system, be sure to keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant (R410A), such as air. (Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit causes an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.)
• If any refrigerant has leaked out during the installation work, ventilate the room. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)
• Be sure to establish an earth. Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, arrester, or telephone earth. Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock, or fire. A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.
• During pump-down, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is still running and the shut-off valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the refrigerant piping is removed, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
• During installation, attach the refrigerant piping securely before running the compressor. If the compressor is not attached and the shut-off valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the compressor is run, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
Safety Precautions
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 69
Installation Manual ED04-910
12.1.2 FTK(X) 25/35 G
1. Indoor unit.• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),6) cool (warm) air is circulated throughout the room,7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the remote controller range,8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound),9) install at the recommended height (1.8m).
2. Wireless remote controller.1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote controller signals are
properly received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).
1. Removing and installing front panel.• Removal method
Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengagethe rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.
• Installation methodAlign the tabs of the front panel with the grooves, and push all the way in. Then close slowly. Push the center of the lower surface of the panel firmly to engage the tabs.
• Before choosing the installation site, obtain user approval.
2. Removing and installing front grille.• Removal method
1)Remove front panel to remove the air filter.2)Remove the front grille.3)In front of the mark of the
front grille, there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.
<When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>
Be sure to wear protection gloves.
CAUTION
Place both hands under the center of the front grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.
• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).2) Install 2screws of the front grille.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
3. How to set the different addresses.When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.1) In the same way as
when connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
2) Cut the address jumper (JA) on the printed circuit board.
3) Cut the address jumper (J4) in the remote controller.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
1 1 1
1
1
6 2
2 2
1 1
Mounting plate
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Wireless remote controller
Remote controller holder
AAA dry-cell batteries
Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L
Operation manual
Installation manual
Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L
Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L
Insulation tape
Accessories
Choosing an Installation Site
Installation Tips
Push the rotating shaft of the front panel into the groove.
mark area (3 locations)
Upper hook
Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand. (3 locations)
Pushdown.
Upper hook
Upper hook
1) Push up.
2) Pull toward you.
ADDR
ESS
JA
ADDRESSJAEXIST 1CUT 2
ADDRESSJ4EXIST CUT
12
J4
70 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Indoor Unit Installation Drawings
Intelligent-eye Sensor
1) Do not hit or violently push the intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the
sensor’s detection area.
CAUTION
30mm or more from ceiling
Front panel
50mm or more from walls (on both sides) Intelligent-eye sensor
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
Cut thermal insulation pipe to an appropriate length and wrap it with tape, making sure that no gap is left in the insulation pipe’s cut line.
Caulk pipe hole gap with putty.
D Wireless remote controller
E Remote controller holder
Before screwing the remote controller holder to the wall, make sure that control signals are properly received by indoor unit.
The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.
A Mounting plate
A Mountingplate
Clip
Mark (rear side)Bottom frameFront grille
How to attach the indoor unit.Hook the claws of the bottom frameto the mounting plate.If the claws are difficult to hook,remove the front grille.
How to remove the indoor unit.Push up the marked area (at thelower part of the front grille) torelease the claws. If it is difficult torelease, remove the front grille.
Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L (6)
B
Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L (2)
F
Service lidOpening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method
1) Remove the service lid screws.2) Pull out the service lid diagonally
down in the direction of the arrow.3) Pull down.
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter (2)
Air filter
Filter frame
Tab
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Air filtersM4 × 16L
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 71
Installation Manual ED04-910
1. Installing the mounting plate.• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and
mark the boring points on the wall.2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.
Recommended mounting plate retention spots and dimensions
2. Boring a wall hole and installing wall embedded pipe.• For walls containing metal frame or metal board, be sure to use a wall
embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent possible heat, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to caulk the gaps around the pipes with caulking material to prevent water leakage.
1) Bore a feed-through hole of 65mm in the wall so it has a down slope toward the outside.
2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe
hole gap with putty.
Indoor Unit Installation (1)
80
100
400
135
450
283
47.5
141.
5
50.5
46.5
44.513
1.5 87
44.5
110
60 130
220 50
60 110
800
φ65 φ65
Use tape measure as shown.Position the end of a tape measure at .
Keep here the piece cut out from the unit for pipingGas pipe end
Liquid pipe end
* The removed pipe port cover can be kept in the mounting plate pocket. Removed pipe
port cover
A Mounting plate
Through-the-wall hole 65mm
Drain hose position
Recommended mounting plate retention spots (6 spots in all)
(Bolt size : M10)
Place a leveler on raised tab.
(Bolt size : M10)
Inside Outside
Caulking
Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)
Wall hole cover(Field supply)
Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)
φ65
72 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Indoor Unit Installation (2)
3. Installing indoor unit.3-1. Right-side, right-back, or right-bottom piping.
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes with an adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an insulation tape.
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid. (Refer to Installation Tips.)
5) Pass the interconnecting wires from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. (If the interconnecting wire ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)
6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.
3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping.1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes
with adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in place of a drain plug.
3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the mounting plate.
4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using the markings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.
5) Pull in the interconnecting wires.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with
insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.
8) While exercising care so that the interconnecting wires do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L).
3-3. Wall embedded piping.Follow the instructions given under
1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of the drain pipe.
Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping
Right-bottom piping
Right-back piping
Bind coolant pipe and drain hose together with insulating tape.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-side piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-bottom piping.
Mounting plateA
Wire guide
When stripping the ends of interconnecting wires in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulating tape.
Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Interconnectingwires
Mounting plateA
Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for left-side piping.
Left-bottom piping
Left-side pipingLeft-back piping
How to set drain plug
No gapDo not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant machine oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.
Insert a hexagon wrench (4mm)
Wrap insulating tape around the bent portion of refrigerant pipe. Overlap at least half the width of the tape with each turn.
Drain hose
Caulk this hole with putty or caulking material. Bind with plastic
tape.
A Mounting plate
Refrigerantpipes
Drain hose
Bottom frame
H M4 × 12L (2 point)
Mountingplate
A
Inner wall
Vinyl chloride drain pipe (VP-30)
Drain hose50mm or more
Insert drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of drain pipe.
Outer wall
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 73
Installation Manual ED04-910
Indoor Unit Installation (3)
4. Wiring.1) Strip wire ends (15mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and outdoor unit’s
terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.
Attach the earth wire so that it is not connected to the fan motor connector.
4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, then retain wires with wire retainer.
5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.)
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close service lid.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
WARNING
5. When connecting to an HA system.1) Remove the front grille.
(2 screws)2) Remove the electrical
wiring box. (1 screw)3) Remove the metal plate
electrical wiring cover. (3 tabs)
4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
6. Drain piping.1) Connect the drain hose, as described below.
2) Remove the air filters and pour some water into the drain pan to check the water flows smoothly.
3) When drain hose requires extension, obtain an extension hose commercially available.Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor section of the extension hose.
4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter 13mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm) as a joint.
With a multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.
Shape wires so that the service lid will fit securely.
Terminal block
Electrical component box
Connector for fan motor
Wire retainer
Firmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.
Use the specified wire type.
123
1 2 3 L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
H05VV
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws. Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Screw
HA connector(S21)
4) 5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
TabPush
Slide
PullTab
Slide
HA cord
Notched part
The drain hose should be inclined downward.
No trap is permitted.
Do not put the end of the hose in water.
Indoor unit drain hose φ1
8 Extension drain hose
Heat insulation tube(Field supply)
Drain hose supplied with the indoor unit
Commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm)
Commercially available rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe(nominal diameter 13mm)
φ18
74 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
With a multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.
Refrigerant Piping Work
2. Refrigerant piping
2-1. Caution on piping handling.1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a
pipe bender for bending.
2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh •˚C))Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
1. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Liquid side
1/4 inch
14.2-17.2N • m
(144-175kgf • cm)
Gas side
3/8 inch
32.7-39.9N • m
(330-407kgf • cm)
Flare nut tightening torque
Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
Bending radius 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
O.D. 9.5mm I.D. 12-15mm
25/35 class 25/35 class
Gas side Gas pipe thermal insulation
O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 8-10mm
Liquid sideLiquid pipe thermal
insulation
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
CAUTION
Do not apply refrigeration
oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare
nut avoid tightening with over torque.
[Apply oil] Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Spanner
[Tighten]
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 75
Installation Manual ED04-910
Trial Operation and Testing
Test items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands. Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened. Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom(diagnostic display on RC)
Check
1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,
20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.
2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
Trial operation from remote controller.1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.2) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.3) Press MODE button twice.
(“ ” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial
operation, press ON/OFF button.
2. Test items.
C: 3P175978-5D
76 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12.1.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS80 G
1. Indoor unit.• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),6) cool (warm) air is circulated throughout the room,7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the remote controller range,8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound),9) install at the recommended height (1.8m).
2. Wireless remote controller.1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote controller signals are
properly received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).
• Before choosing the installation site, obtain user approval.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
1
19
12
2
1
1
12
Mounting plate
Titanium Apatite PhotocatalyticAir-Purifying Filter
Wireless remote controller
Remote controller holder
AAA dry-cell batteries
Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L Operation manual
Installation manual
Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L Insulation tape
2Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L
Accessories
Choosing an Installation Site
Installation Tips1. Removing and installing front panel.
• Removal methodHook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengagethe rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.
• Installation methodAlign the tabs of the front panel with the grooves, and push all the way in. Then close slowly. Push the center of the lower surface of the panel firmly to engage the tabs.
2. Removing and installing front grille.• Removal method
1)Remove front panel to remove the air filter.
2) Remove the front grille.3) In front of the mark of
the front grille, there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.
<When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>
Be sure to wear protection gloves.
CAUTION
Place both hands under the center of the front grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.
• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).2) Install 3 screws of the front grille.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
3. How to set the different addresses.When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.1) In the same way as when
connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
2) Cut the address jumper (JA) on the prindted circuit board.
3) Cut the address jumper (J4) in the remote controller.
mark area (3 locations)
Upper hook
Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.(3 locations)
Pushdown.
Upper hook
Upper hook
1) Push up.
2) Pull toward you.
ADDR
ESS
JA
ADDRESSJAEXIST 1CUT 2
Push the rotating shaft of the front panel into the groove.
ADDRESSJ4EXISTCUT
12
J4
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 77
Installation Manual ED04-910
Indoor Unit Installation Drawings
Intelligent-eye Sensor (FTXS, FTKS only)
1) Do not hit or violently push the intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the
sensor’s detection area.
CAUTION
30mm or more from ceiling
Front panel
50mm or more from walls (on both sides)
Intelligent-eye sensor (FTXS, FTKS only)
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
Cut thermal insulation pipe to an appropriate length and wrap it with tape, making sure that no gap is left in the insulation pipe’s cut line.
Caulkpipe hole gapwith putty.
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter (2)
D Wireless remote controller
ERemotecontroller holder
Before screwing the remote controller holder to the wall, make sure that control signals are properly received by indoor unit.
How to attach the indoor unit.Hook the claws of the bottom frameto the mounting plate.If the claws are difficult to hook,remove the front grille.
How to remove the indoor unit.Push up the marked area (at thelower part of the front grille) torelease the claws. If it is difficult torelease, remove the front grille.
Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L (9)
B
Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L (2)
F
Service lidOpening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method
1) Remove the service lid screws.2) Pull out the service lid diagonally
down in the direction of the arrow.3) Pull down.
Air filters
Tabs (upper 3 locations)
Tabs (lower 3 locations)
Insert the upper side of the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying filter into the tabs (upper 3 locations),push the lower side of the filters up a little and into the tabs (lower 3 locations).
C
A Mounting plate
The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.
Front grille
A Mountingplate
Clip
Bottom frame
Mark (rear side)
M4 × 16L
78 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
1. Installing the mounting plate.• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and
mark the boring points on the wall.2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.
Recommended mounting plate retention spots and dimensions
2. Boring a wall hole and installing wall embedded pipe.• For walls containing metal frame or metal board, be sure to use a wall
embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent possible heat, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to caulk the gaps around the pipes with caulking material to prevent water leakage.
1) Bore a feed-through hole of 80mm in the wall so it has a down slope toward the outside.
2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe
hole gap with putty.
Indoor Unit Installation (1)
125
60 83 413.5 44.5
290
52
105099.5
5290
55
100
100
Keep here the piece cut out from the unit for piping
Through-the-wallhole φ80mmDrain hose position
φ80 φ80
Recommended mounting plate retention spots (9 spots in all)
(Bolt size : M10) (Bolt size : M10)
Place a leveler on raised tab.
Use tape measureas shown.Position the end of a tape measure at ∇ .
Gas pipe end Liquid pipe end
(length: mm)
Inside Outside
Caulking
Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)
Wall hole cover(Field supply)
Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)
φ80
* The removed pipe port cover can be kept in the mounting plate pocket. Removed pipe
port cover
A Mounting plate
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 79
Installation Manual ED04-910
Indoor Unit Installation (2)
3. Installing indoor unit.3-1. Right-side, right-back, or right-bottom piping.
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes with an adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an insulation tape.
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid. (Refer to Installation Tips.)
5) Pass the inter-unit wiring from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. (If the inter-unit wiring ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)
6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.
3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping.1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes
with adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in place of a drain plug.
3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the mounting plate.
4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using the markings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.
5) Pull in the inter-unit wiring.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with
insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.
8) While exercising care so that the inter-unit wiring do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L).
3-3. Wall embedded piping.Follow the instructions given under
1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of the drain pipe.
Right-bottompiping
Right-back piping
Bind coolant pipe and drain hose together with insulating tape.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-side piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-bottom piping.
Mounting plateA
Wire guide
When stripping the ends of inter-unit wiring in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulating tape.
Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Inter-unit wiring
Mounting plateA
Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for left-side piping.
Left-bottom piping
Left-sidepiping
Left-backpiping
How to set drain plug
No gap Do not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.
Insert a hexagon wrench (4mm)
Wrap insulating tape around the bent portion of refrigerant pipe. Overlap at least half the width of the tape with each turn.
Drainhose
Caulk this hole with putty or caulking material. Bind with plastic
tape.
A Mounting plate
Refrigerantpipes
Drain hose
Bottom frameH M4 × 12L (2 point)
Mountingplate
A
Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping .
Inner wall
Vinyl chloride drain pipe (VP-30)
Drain hose50mmor more
Insert drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of drain pipe.
Outer wall
80 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
5. When connecting to an HA system.1) Remove the front grille.
(3 screws)2) Remove the electrical
wiring box. (1 screw)3) Remove the metal plate
electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)
4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
Indoor Unit Installation (3)
4. Wiring., install as described in the installation
manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.1) Strip wire ends (15mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and
outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.
3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up,
then retain wires with wire retainer.5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote
controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.)
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close service lid.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
WARNING
6. Drain piping.1) Connect the drain hose, as described below.
2) Remove the air filters and pour some water into the drain pan to check the water flows smoothly.
3) When drain hose requires extension, obtain an extension hose commercially available.Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor section of the extension hose.
4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter 13mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm) as a joint.
With a Multi indoor unit
The drain hose should be inclined downward.
No trap is permitted.
Do not put the end of the hose in water.
Indoor unit drain hose φ1
8 Extension drain hose
Heat insulation tube(Field supply)
Drain hose supplied with the indoor unit
Commercially available drain socket(nominal diameter 13mm)
Commercially available rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe(nominal diameter 13mm)
φ18
Shape wires so that the service lid will fit securely.
Terminal block
Electrical component box
Wire retainer
Firmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.Use the
specifiedwire type.
123
1 2 3 L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
H05VV
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws. Outdoor unit
Indoorunit
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Screw
HA cord
HA connector(S21)
Tab
TabPush
Slide
Push
Metal plate electrical cover
Tab
Push
Main body
Notched part
4) 5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 81
Installation Manual ED04-910
Refrigerant Piping Work
2. Refrigerant piping.
2-1. Caution on piping handling.1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a
pipe bender for bending.
2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh ˚C))Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
1. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent miner ould reduce the lifal oil from getting into the system as this w etime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee it’s lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Thickness 10mm Min.
71/80/90 class
O.D. 15.9mm
Bending radius50mm or larger
50/60 class
O.D. 12.7mm
Bending radius40mm or larger
71/80/90 class
I.D. 16-20mm
50/60 class
I.D. 14-16mm
Gas side Gas pipe thermal insulation
50/60/71/80/90 classs
O.D. 6.4mm
Bending radius30mm or larger
Thickness 1.0mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
50/60/71/80/90 class
I.D. 8-10mm
Liquid side Liquid pipe thermal insulation
Flare nut tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
1/2 inch
49.5-60.3N m(505-615kgf cm)
61.8-75.4N m(630-770kgf cm)
14.2-17.2N m(144-175kgf cm)
5/8 inch 1/4 inch
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
CAUTION
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Do not apply refrigeration
oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the
inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply
refrigeration oil to the
flare nut avoid tightening
with over torque.
Spanner
[Apply oil] [Tighten]
, install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.With a Multi indoor unit
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
82 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Trial Operation and Testing
Test items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands. Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened. Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for inter-unit wiring connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom(diagnostic display on RC)
Check
1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,
20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.
2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
Trial operation from remote controller.1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.2) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.3) Press MODE button twice.
(“ ” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial
operation, press ON/OFF button.
2. Test items.
C: 3P182980-4C
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 83
Installation Manual ED04-910
12.1.4 FTXS 80-100 H
1. Indoor unit.• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),6) cool (warm) air is circulated throughout the room,7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the remote controller range,8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound),9) install at the recommended height (1.8m).
2. Wireless remote controller.1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote controller signals are
properly received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).
• Before choosing the installation site, obtain user approval.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
M
1 1
19
13
1
2
2
33
Mounting plate
Titanium Apatite PhotocatalyticAir-Purifying Filter
Wireless remote controller
Remote controller holder
Dry batteries AAA. LR03 (alkaline)
Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L Operation manual
Screw cover
L Installation manual
Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L
Insulation tape 1
Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L
Accessories
Choosing an Installation Site
Installation Tips1. Removing and installing front panel.
• Removal methodHook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengage the rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.
• Installation methodAlign the tabs of the front panel with the grooves, and push all the way in. Then close slowly. Push the center of the lower surface of the panel firmly to engage the tabs.
2. Removing and installing front grille.• Removal method
1) Remove front panel to remove the air filter.
2) Remove the front grille.
3) In front of the mark of the front grille, there are 4 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.
<When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>
Be sure to wear protection gloves.
Place both hands under the center of the front grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.
• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks
(4 locations).2) Install 6 screws of the front grille.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
3. How to set the different addresses.When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.
1) In the same way as when connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
2) Cut the address jumper (JA) on the prindted circuit board.
3) Cut the address jumper (J4) in the remote controller.
CAUTION
mark area (4 locations)
Upper hook
Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.(4 locations)
Pushdown.
Upper hook
Upper hook
1) Push up.
2) Pull toward you.
ADDR
ESS
JA
ADDRESSJAEXIST 1CUT 2
Push the rotating shaft of the front panel into the groove.
ADDRESSJ4EXIST CUT
12
J4
84 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Indoor Unit Installation Drawings
Intelligent-eye Sensor
1) Do not hit or violently push the intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the
sensor’s detection area.
CAUTION
1) Insert the tool into the groove of the front grille fixture.
How to remove front grille fixture
2) Turn the tool 90˚ in the direction of the arrow.
3) Take out the front grille fixture.
30mm or more from ceiling
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
Cut thermal insulation pipe to an appropriate length and wrap it with tape, making sure that no gap is left in the insulation pipe’s cut line.
Caulk pipe hole gap with putty.
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter (3)
How to attach the indoor unit.Hook the claws of the bottom frameto the mounting plate.If the claws are difficult to hook,remove the front grille.
How to remove the indoor unit.Push up the marked area (at thelower part of the front grille) torelease the claws. If it is difficult torelease, remove the front grille.
Opening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method
1) Remove the service lid screws.2) Pull out the service lid diagonally
down in the direction of the arrow.3) Pull down.
Air filters
Front grille
A Mountingplate
Clip
Bottom frame
Mark (rear side)
A Mounting plate
Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L (9)
B
The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.
Intelligent-eye sensor
50mm or more from walls (on both sides)
Front panel
M4 × 16LM4 × 16L
M4 × 16LService lidFront grille fixture
D Wireless remote controller
E Remote controller holder
Before screwing the remote controller holder to the wall, make sure that control signals are properly received by indoor unit.
Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L (2)
F
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Filter frame
Air filter
Tab
Bottom of indoor unit
Front grille fixture
Screw coverM
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 85
Installation Manual ED04-910
1. Installing the mounting plate.• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and
mark the boring points on the wall.2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.
Recommended mounting plate retention spots and dimensions
Indoor Unit Installation (1)
2. Boring a wall hole and installing wall embedded pipe.• For walls containing metal frame or metal board, be sure to use a wall
embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent possible heat, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to caulk the gaps around the pipes with caulking material to prevent water leakage.
1) Bore a feed-through hole of 80mm in the wall so it has a down slope toward the outside.
2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe hole gap with putty.
3. Installing indoor unit.3-1. Right-side, right-back, or right-bottom piping.
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes with an adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an J insulation tape.
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid. (Refer to Installation Tips.)
5) Pass the inter-unit wiring from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. (If the inter-unit wiring ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)
6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.
Inside Outside
Caulking
Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)
Wall hole cover(Field supply)
Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)
φ80
Right-bottom piping
Right-back piping
Bind coolant pipe and drain hose together with
insulation tape.J
Remove pipe port cover here for right-side piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-bottom piping.
Mounting plateA
Wire guide
When stripping the ends of inter-unit wiring in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulation tape.J
Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Inter-unit wiring
Mounting plate
A
4519
053
134131
45
340
65.3
φ80
161 182.5 89
φ80
120047554
(length: mm)
Use tape measure as shown.Position the end of a tape measure at ∇.Gas pipe end
Liquid pipe end
Keep here the piece cut out from the unit for piping
Through-the-wall hole φ80mm
Drain hose position
Removed pipe port cover
A Mounting plate
* The removed pipe port cover can be kept in the mounting plate pocket.
Recommended mounting plate retention spots (9 spots in all)
(Bolt size: M10) (Bolt size: M10) (Bolt size: M10)
Place a leveler on raised tab.
86 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Indoor Unit Installation (2)
3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping.1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant
pipes with adhesive vinyl tape.2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in
place of a drain plug.
3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the mounting plate.
4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using the markings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.
5) Pull in the inter-unit wiring.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with
J insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.
8) While exercising care so that the inter-unit wiring do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L).
3-3. Wall embedded piping.Follow the instructions given under
1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of the drain pipe.
4. Wiring.1) Strip wire ends (15mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and
outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.
3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up,
then retain wires with wire retainer.5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote
controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.)
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close service lid.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
WARNING
How to set the drain hose.• Insert drain hose and tighten indoor unit fixing screw.
(Forgetting to attach this may cause water leakages.)* The drain hose is on the back of the unit.
How to set the drain hose.
Front side of unit
Drain hose attachment positionAttachment on the left side
Drain hose
Indoor unit fixing screw
Attachment on the right side (factory default)
Drain hose
Insulation fixing screw
Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for left-side piping.
Left-bottom piping
Left-side piping
Left-back piping
No gap Do not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.Insert a hexagon
wrench (4mm)
Wrap J insulation tape around the bent portion of refrigerant pipe. Overlap at least half the width of the J insulation tape with each turn.
Drain hose
Caulk this hole with putty or caulking material. Bind with plastic
tape.
A Mounting plate
Refrigerantpipes
Drain hose
Bottom frameH M4 × 12L (3 point)
Inter-unit wiringMountingplate
A
Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping .
Inner wall
Vinyl chloride drain pipe (VP-30)
Drain hose50mm or more
Insert drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of drain pipe.
Outer wall
Shape wires so that the service lid will fit securely.
Terminal block
Electrical component box
Wire retainer
Firmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.Use the
specified wire type.
123
1 2 3 L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
60245 IEC57
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws. Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 87
Installation Manual ED04-910
5. When connecting to an HA system.1) Remove the front grille.
(6 screws, 3 front grille fixtures)
2) Remove the electrical wiring box. (1 screw)
3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)
4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
Indoor Unit Installation (3)
Refrigerant Piping Work (1)
6. Drain piping.1) Connect the drain hose, as described below.
2) Remove the air filters and pour some water into the drain pan to check the water flows smoothly.
3) When drain hose requires extension, obtain an extension hose commercially available.Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor section of the extension hose.
4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter 13mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm) as a joint.
1. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee it’s lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
The drain hose should be inclined downward.
No trap is permitted.
Do not put the end of the hose in water.
Indoor unit drain hose φ1
8 Extension drain hose
Heat insulation tube(Field supply)
Drain hose supplied with the indoor unit
Commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm)
Commercially available rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe(nominal diameter 13mm)
φ18
4) 5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
Screw
Pull Pull
Slide
Tab
Tab
Slide
Metal plate electrical cover
Main body
HA connector(S21)
HA connector(S21)
Lay the HA cord as shown in the figure.
88 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Refrigerant Piping Work (2)
2. Refrigerant piping.
2-1. Caution on piping handling.1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender
for bending.2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.
• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh •˚C))Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
Pump Down Operation
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Thickness 10mm Min.
I.D. 16-20mm
Gas side
O.D. 15.9mm
Bening radius 50mm or larger
Thickness 1.0mm (C1220T-0)
Gas pipe thermal insulation
I.D. 12-15mm
Liquid side
O.D. 9.5mm
Bening radius 30mm or larger
Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
Liquid pipe thermal insulation
Flare nut tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)
32.7-39.9N • m(330-407kgf • cm)
5/8 inch 3/8 inch
1) After closing the liquid stop valve, close the gas stop valve within three minutes, then stop the forced operation.
CAUTION
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forced cooling operation.
How to force cooling operation modeUsing the indoor unit ON/OFF switchPress the indoor unit ON/OFF switch for at least five seconds. (Operation will start.)• Forced cooling operation will stop automatically after around 15 minutes.
To force a test run to stop, press the indoor unit ON/OFF switch.Using the main unit’s remote controller1) Press the MODE button to return the operation mode to cooling. 2) Press the ON/OFF button. (Operation will start.)3) Press the TEMP button and the MODE button at the same time. 4) Press the MODE button twice. ( will be displayed and the unit will enter test run mode.) • Test run mode will stop automatically after around 30 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the
ON/OFF button.
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
CAUTION
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
Gas stop valve Valve cap
Hexagonal wrench
Close
Liquid stop valve
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare nut avoid tightening with over torque.
Spanner
[Apply oil] [Tighten]
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 89
Installation Manual ED04-910
Trial Operation and Testing
1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,
20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
Trial operation from remote controller.1) Press the MODE button and select the trial operation mode.2) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.3) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.4) Press MODE button twice.
(“ ” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)5) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial
operation, press ON/OFF button.
2. Test items.
Test items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for inter-unit wiring connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom(diagnostic display on RC)
Check
will appear when the MODE button is pressed.* No heating
* If the is not displayed, change the dipswitch setting for the remote controller.Slide the dipswitch to the left-hand side.Press the MODE button again and check that appears on the LCD of the remote controller.
Dipswitch
C: 2P228446-1A
90 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12.1.5 FTXS 50 C
Accessories
Choosing a Site
Installation Tips
A Mounting plate
E Remote controller holder
F Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L
H Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L
G AAA dry-cell batteries
J Insulation tape
K Operation manual
L Installation manual
1
9
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
D Wireless remote controller
C Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function
B Mounting platefixing screwsM4 × 25L
1. Indoor unit.• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),6) cool air is circulated throughout the room,7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the
remote control range,8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound).
2. Wireless remote controller.1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote control signals are properly
received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).
1. Removing and installing front panel• Removal method
Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengagethe rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.
• Installation methodAlign the tabs of the front panel with the grooves, and push all the way in. Then close slowly. Push the center of the lower surface of the panel firmly to engage the tabs.
• Before choosing the installation site, obtain user approval.
Push the rotating shaft of the front panel into the groove.
2. Removing and installing front grille• Removal method
1) Remove front panel to remove the air filter.2) Remove the front grille. (3 screws)3) In front of the mark of the front grille,
there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.
Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand. (3 locations)
Pushdown.
Upper hook
Upper hook
<When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>
Be sure to wear protection gloves.
Caution1) Push up.
2) Pull toward you.Place both hands under the center of the front grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.
• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).2) Install 3screws of the front grill.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
3. How to set the different addressesWhen two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.1) In the same way as when
connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
2) Cut the address jumper (JA).
3) Cut the address jumper (J4).
Addr
ess
JA
AddressJAEXIST 1CUT 2
J4
AddressJ4EXIST 1CUT 2
mark area (3 locations)
Upper hook
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 91
Installation Manual ED04-910
Indoor Unit Installation Drawings
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
Cut thermal insulation pipe to an appropriate length and wrap it with tape, making sure that no gap is left in the insulation pipe’s cut line.
Caulkpipe hole gapwith putty.
30 mm or more from ceiling
Front grille
50 mm or more from walls(on both sides)
M4 × 25L The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.
A Mounting plate
Service lid
C Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function
Tabs (upper 3 locations)
Tabs (lower 3 locations)
Opening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method
1) Remove the service lid screws.2) Lift the service lid upward.
Air filters
Insert the upper side of the Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function into the tabs (upper 3 locations),push the lower side of the filters up a little and into the tabs (lower 3 locations).
C
Intelligent-eye sensor
Intelligent-eye sensor
1) Do not hit or violently push the Intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the
sensor’s detection area.
Caution
D Wireless remote controller
F (M3 × 20L)
ERemotecontroller holder
Before screwing the remote controller holder to the wall, make sure that control signals are properly received by indoor unit.
92 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Indoor Unit Installation1. Installing the mounting plate.
• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and mark
the boring points on the wall.2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.
Recommended mounting-plate retention spots and Dimensions
125
60 83 413.5 44.5
290
52
105099.5
5290
55
100
100
Keep here the piece cut out from the unit for piping
Through-the-wallhole φ80mmDrain hose position
φ80 φ80
Recommended mounting - plate retention spots (9 spots in all)
(Bolt size : M10) (Bolt size : M10)
Place a leveler on raised tab.b
Use tape measureas shown.Position the end of tape measure at ∇.
Gas pipe end Liquid pipe end
* The removed pipe port cover can be kept in the mounting plate pocket. Removed pipe
port cover
A Mounting plate
2. Boring a wall hole and installing wall embedded pipe.• For walls containing metal frame or metal board, be sure to use a wall
embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent possible heat, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to caulk the gaps around the pipes with caulking material to prevent water leakage.
1) Bore a feed-through hole of 80 mm in the wall so it has a down slope toward the outside.
2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe
hole gap with putty.
Inside Outside
Caulking
Wall embedded pipe (field supply)
Wall hole cover(field supply)
Wall embedded pipe (field supply)
φ80
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 93
Installation Manual ED04-910
Indoor Unit Installation3. Installing indoor unit.
3-1. Right-Side, Right-Back, or Right-Bottom Piping1) Attach the drain hose to the
underside of the refrigerant pipes with adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with insulation tape.
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front grille, then open the service lid. (Refer to Installation tips)
5) Pass the interconnecting wires from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward in advance for easier work. (If the interconnecting wire ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)
6) Press the indoor unit’s bottom panel with both hands to set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure the wires do not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.
3-2. Left-Side, Left-Back, or Left Bottom Piping1) Attach the drain hose to the
underside of the refrigerant pipes with adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in place of a drain plug.
Right-bottompiping
Right-back piping
Bind coolant pipe and drain hose together with insulating tape.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-side piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for right-bottom piping.
Mounting plateA
Wire guide
When stripping the ends of interconnecting wires in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulating tape.
Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Interconnectingwires
Mounting plateA
Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping.
Remove pipe port cover here for left-side piping.
Left-bottom piping
Left-sidepipingLeft-backpiping
How to set drain plug
No gapDo not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant machine oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.
Insert a hexagon wrench (4 mm)
94 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Indoor Unit Installation3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the
mounting plate.4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole,
then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using themarkings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.
5) Pull in the interconnecting wires.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with insulation
tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.
8) While exercising care so that the interconnecting wires do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with screws (M4 × 12L).
3-3. Wall Embedded PipingFollow the instructions given under
1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it wont be pulled out of the drain pipe.
4. Wiring., install as described in the installation
manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.1) Strip wire ends (15 mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal
numbers on indoor and outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.
3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.
4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, then retain wires with wire retainer.
5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote control cable and attach the S21 connector as the illustration above.
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close service lid.
Wrap insulating tape around the bent portion of refrigerant pipe. Overlap at least half the width of the tape with each turn.
Drainhose
Caulk this hole with putty or caulking material. Bind with plastic
tape.
A Mounting plate
Refrigerantpipes
Drain hose
Bottom frame
H M4 × 12L (2 point)
Mountingplate
A
Left-Side, Left-Back, or Left Bottom PipingInner wall
Vinyl chloride drain pipe (VP-30)
Drain hose50 mm or more
Insert drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of drain pipe.
Outer wall
With a Multi indoor unit
Shape wires so that the service lid will fit securely.
Terminal blockElectrical component box
Wire retainerFirmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.
Use the specified wire type.
123
1 2 3 L N
Safetybreaker20A
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
When wire length exceeds 10 m, use 2.0-mm wires.
H05VV
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoorunit
Powersupply50Hz 220V - 240V60Hz 220V - 230VFirmly fix the wires with
the terminal screws.
Do not use tapped wires, stand wires, extensioncords, or starbust connections, as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.
Warning
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 95
Installation Manual ED04-910
Indoor Unit Installation5. When connecting to an HA system.
1) Remove the front grille. (3 screws)2) Remove the electrical wiring box. (1 screw)3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the
harness out through the notched part in the figure.5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness
around, as shown in the figure.
Screw
HA cord
HA connector(S21)
Tab
TabPush
Slide
Push
Metal plate electrical cover
Tab
Push
Main body
Notched part
4) 5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.
3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.
6. Drain piping.1) Connect the drain hose, as described
below.
2) Remove the air filters and pour some water into the drain pan to check the water flows smoothly.
3) When drain hose requires extension, obtain an extension hose commercially available.Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor section of the extension hose.
4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter 13 mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13 mm) as a joint.
The drain hose should be inclined downward.
No trap is permitted.
Do not put the end of the hose in water.
Indoor unit drain hose φ
18 Extension drain hose
Heat insulation tube(Field supply)
Drain hose supplied with the indoor unit
Commercially available drain socket(nominal diameter 13 mm)
Commercially available rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe(nominal diameter 13 mm)
φ 18
96 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
, install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.
1. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with pipe cutterer.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
Warning
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)
2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R-22.)
3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Caution
With a Multi indoor unit
2. Refrigerant piping.
2-1. Caution on Piping Handling1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe
bender for bending.
2-2. Selection of Copper and Heat Insulation materials• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052kW/mK (0.035 to 0.045 kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
Flare nut tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch 3/8 inch
49.5-60.3N • m 61.8-75.4N • m 14.2-17.2N • m 32.7-39.9N • m
(505-615kgf • cm) (630-770kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm) (333-407kgf • cm)
Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation Liquid pipe thermal insulation
50 class
O.D. 12.7mmBending radius40mm or larger
Bending radius50mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger
60/71 class
O.D. 15.9mm
50/60 class
O.D. 6.4mm
71 class
O.D. 9.5mm
50 class
I.D. 14-16mm
60/71 class
I.D. 16-20mm
50/60 class
I.D. 8-10mm
Thickness 10mm Min.
Thickness 0.8m(C1220T-0)
Thickness 1.0m(C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8m(C1220T-0)
71 class
I.D. 12-15mm
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Do not apply refrigeration
oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the
inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare
nut avoid tightening with over torque.
Spanner
[Apply oil]
[Tighten]
Refrigerant piping work
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
IMPERIAL
RIGID
1.0 mm
0.5 mm
Flaring
A
Die
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 97
Installation Manual ED04-910
1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C
to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.Use the remote control for trial operation as described below.
2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Trial Operation from Remote Controller.1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.2) Simultaneously press centor of TEMP button and MODE button.3) Press MODE button twice.
(“ ” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial
operation, press ON/OFF button.
3. Test Items.
Test Items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote control commands. Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened. Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom(diagnostic display on RC)
Check
Trial Operation and Testing
C: 3P098803-12M
98 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12.2 Outdoor Units12.2.1 Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions• Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.• This manual classifies the precautions into WARNING and CAUTION. Be sure to follow all the precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
CAUTION
Failure to follow any of WARNING is likely to result in such grave consequences as death or serious injury.
Failure to follow any of CAUTION may result in grave consequences in some cases.
• The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual:
Be sure to observe this instruction. Be sure to establish an earth connection. Never attempt.
• After completing installation, test the unit to check for installation errors. Give the user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning of the unit according to the Operation Manual.
• Installation should be left to the dealer or another professional. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner according to the instructions given in this manual. Incomplete installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to use the supplied or specified installation parts. Use of other parts may cause the unit to come to lose, water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner on a solid base that can support the weight of the unit. An inadequate base or incomplete installation may cause injury in the event the unit falls off the base.
• Electrical work should be carried out in accordance with the installation manual and the national electrical wiring rules or code of practice. Insufficient capacity or incomplete electrical work may cause electrical shock or fire.
• Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.
• Use the specified types of wires for electrical connections between the indoor and outdoor units. Firmly clamp the interconnecting wires so their terminals receive no external stresses. Incomplete connections or clamping may cause terminal overheating or fire.
• For wiring, use a cable length enough to cover the entire distance with no connection. Do not use an extension cord. Do not put other loads on the power supply, use a dedicated power circuit.(Failure to do so may cause abnormal heat, electric shock or fire.)
• After all installation is complete, check to make sure that no refrigerant is leaking out. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)
• Do not install the air conditioner in a place where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas leakage. If the gas leaks and builds up around the unit, it may catch fire.
• Establish drain piping according to the instructions of this manual. Inadequate piping may cause flooding.
• Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method such as with a torque wrench.If the flare nut is tightened too hard, the flare nut may crack after a long time and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals.Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit clean.
• After connecting interconnecting and supply wiring be sure to shape the cables so that they do not put undue force on the electrical covers or panels. Install covers over the wires. Incomplete cover installation may cause terminal overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
• When installing or relocating the system, be sure to keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant (R410A), such as air. (Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit causes an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.)
• If any refrigerant has leaked out during the installation work, ventilate the room. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)
• Be sure to establish an earth. Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, arrester, or telephone earth. Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock, or fire. A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.
• During pump-down, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is still running and the stop valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the refrigerant piping is removed, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
• During installation, attach the refrigerant piping securely before running the compressor.If the compressor is not attached and the stop valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the compressor is run, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 99
Installation Manual ED04-910
12.2.2 RK(X)S 25/35 E
AccessoriesAccessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
1 1(A) Installation manual
(B) Drain plug (Heat pump-Models)
There is on the bottom packing case.
Precautions on Installation
Precautions for Selecting the Location1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will
not be amplified.2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a
nuisance to the neighbors of the user.3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is
to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.
NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction
side may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the
snow will not affect the unit.
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
CAUTION
Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.
Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.
20
100 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings
Installation Guidelines
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.
574
More than 50 More than 100
Side view
1200or less
Wall facing one side
Top view
More than 50 More than 50
More than 150More than 100
Walls facing two sides
Unit: mm
Top view
More than 150
More than 300More than 50
Walls facing three sides
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
In sites with poor drainage, use block bases for outdoor unit. Adjust foot height until the unit is leveled. Otherwise, water leakage or pooling of water may occur.
Where there is a danger of the unit falling, use foot bolts, or wires.
Allow space for piping and electrical servicing.
Unit: mm
How to remove the stop valve cover.Remove the screw on the stop valve cover.Slide the lid downward to remove it.
How to attach the stop valve cover.Insert the upper part of the stop valve cover into the outdoor unit to install.Tighten the screws.
Stop valve cover
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.
** When connecting the FVXS indoor unit, the shortest piping length should be no less than around 2.5m.
Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10m in length.
Max. allowable heightMax. allowable length
15m20m
20g/m
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
O.D. 9.5mm
O.D. 6.4mm
Foot
bolt-h
ole
centr
es
311
(Foot bolt-hole centres)(From unit’s side)
105.5
250mm from wall
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 101
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (1)
1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor
Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain work (Heat pump-models).1) Use drain plug for drainage.2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place
additional foot bases of at least 30mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit.
(Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)
3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface
facing downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
Flare nut tightening torque Gas side Liquid side 3/8 inch 1/4 inch 32.7-39.9N • m 14.2-17.2N • m (330-407kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm)
Valve cap tightening torque Gas side Liquid side 3/8 inch 1/4 inch 21.6-27.4N • m 21.6-27.4N • m (220-280kgf • cm) (220-280kgf • cm)
Service port cap 10.8-14.7N • mtightening torque (110-150kgf • cm)
4. Refrigerant piping.
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil
for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
CAUTION
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
Drain-water hole
Bottom frame
Drain plug
Hose (available commercially,inner dia. 16mm)
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Do not apply refrigeration
oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the
inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare
nut avoid tightening with over torque.
Spanner
[Apply oil] [Tighten]
102 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (2)
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at
the specified tightening torque.
5. Purging air and checking gas leakage. • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) When refrigerant gas leaks occur, ventilate the room as soon and as much as possible.3) R410A, as well as other refrigerants, should always be recovered and never be released directly into the
environment.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants
may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi). (High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump. (Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove covers from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve caps and service port caps for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
WARNING
Compound pressure gauge
Pressure meter
High-pressure valve
Low-pressure valve
Vacuum pump Service port
Liquid stop valveValve caps
Gas stop valve
Charging hoses
Gauge manifold
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 103
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (3)
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forced cooling operation.
7. Refrigerant piping work.7-1 Cautions on pipe handling.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending.
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh •˚C))Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
• Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.
1) When pressing the switch, do not touch the terminal block. It has a high voltage, so doing so may cause electric shock.2) After closing the liquid stop valve, close the gas stop valve within three minutes, then stop the forced operation.
CAUTION
How to force cooling operation modeUsing the indoor unit operation/stop buttonPress the indoor unit operation/stop button for at least five seconds. (Operation will start.)
• Forced cooling operation will stop automatically after around 15 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the indoor unit operation/stop button.
Using the main unit’s remote controller1) Press the “operation/stop” button. (Operation will start.)2) Press the temperature button and the “operation select” button at the same time.3) Press the “operation select” button twice. ( will be displayed and the unit will enter test run mode.)4) Press the “operation select” button to return the operation mode to cooling.
• Test run mode will stop automatically after around 30 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the operation/stop button.
Pump Down Operation
Gas side Liquid sideGas pipe
thermal insulationLiquid pipe
thermal insulation
O.D. 9.5mm
Bening radius 30mm or larger
kness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
I.D. 12-15mm I.D. 8-10mm
Thickness 10mm Min.
O.D. 6.4mm
1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not. (It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)
Filling a cylinder with an attached siphon
Stand the cylinder upright when filling.
There is a siphon pipe inside, so the cylinder need not be upside-down to fill with liquid.
Filling other cylinders
Turn the cylinder upside-down when filling.
Gas stop valve
Valve cap
Hexagonal wrench
Close
Liquid stop valve
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
104 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Wiring
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between the
indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leakage breaker capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage breaker itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
WARNING
CAUTION
123
1 2 3
Safety breaker
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
H05VV
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Power supply50Hz 220V-240V 60Hz 220V-230V
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Stranded Wire
Round crimp-styleterminal
Strip wire endto this point.
Excessive strip lengthmay cause electricalshock or leakage.
Good Wrong
Stripping wire at terminal block
1 2 3
1 2 3
Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.
Shape wires so that the service lid and stop valve cover fit securely.
Power supplyterminal block
RX(K)SRYNRXG
10A
Safety breaker
15A
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 105
Installation Manual ED04-910
Test Run and Final Check
1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in eitr cooling or heating mode.
For heat pump • In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,
20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For cooling only • Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Test items.
Test items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom
(diagnostic display on RC)Check
C: 3P208365-6A
106 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12.2.3 RK(X)S 50/60 F
Accessories
Precautions for Selecting the Location
Precautions on Installation
1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be amplified.
2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to the neighbors of the user.
3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is
to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.
NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
•
•
•
Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side
may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the
snow will not affect the unit.
CAUTION
(A) Installation manual
(B) Drain plug (Heat pump-Models)
There is on the bottom packing case.
Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.
Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.
20
1 1
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 107
Installation Manual ED04-910
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.
Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings
Installation Guidelines
(Foot bolt-h
ole
centre
s)
(Foot bolt-hole centres)
580mm
330mm
120mm(From unit’s side)
In sites with poor drainage, use block bases for outdoor unit. Adjust foot height until the unit is leveled. Otherwise, water leakage or pooling of water may occur.
Where there is a danger of the unit falling, use foot bolts, or wires.
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishingtape from bottom to top.
CAUTIONSet the piping length from 1.5m to 30m.
Service lid
Stop valve cover
Allow space for piping and electrical servicing.
250mm from wall
Unit: mm
More than 50 More than 50Top view
More than 350More than 100
Walls facing two sides
Top view
More than100
More than 50
Walls facing three sides
More than 350
More than 100 More than 350
Side view
1200or less
Wall facing one side
Model
Max. allowable height
Max. allowable length 30m
20m
50/60 class 71 class
Min. allowable length 1.5m
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
O.D. 6.4mm
O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm
20g/m
Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10m in length.
108 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (1)
1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor
Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain work.1) Use drain plug for drainage.2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place
additional foot bases of at least 30mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit.
(Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)
4. Refrigerant piping.
3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface
facing downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
Service port cap tightening torque10.8-14.7N m
(110-150kgf cm)
Valve cap tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
48.1-59.7N m
(490-610kgf cm)
44.1-53.9N m
(450-550kgf cm)
21.6-27.4N m
(220-280kgf cm)
Flare nut tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
49.5-60.3N m
(505-615kgf cm)
61.8-75.4N m
(630-770kgf cm)
14.2-17.2N m
(144-175kgf cm)
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil
for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
CAUTION
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Do not apply refrigeration
oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the
inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare
nut avoid tightening with over torque.
Spanner
[Apply oil] [Tighten]
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
Drain-water hole
Bottom frame
Drain plug
Hose (available commercially,inner dia. 16mm)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 109
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (2)
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at
the specified tightening torque.
5. Purging air and checking gas leakage.When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) When refrigerant gas leaks occur, ventilate the room as soon and as much as possible.3) R410A, as well as other refrigerants, should always be recovered and never be released directly into the environment.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants
may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi). (High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump. (Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove valve caps from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve caps and service port cap for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
WARNING
Gauge manifold
Compound pressure gauge
Pressure meter
Low-pressure valve
High-pressure valve
Charging hoses
Vacuum pump
Valve caps
Service port
Liquid stop valve
Gas stop valve
110 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (3)
Pump Down Operation
7. Refrigerant piping work.7-1 Cautions on pipe handling.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending.
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh°C)Refrigerant gas pipe's surface temperature reaches 110°C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve caps from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a
hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and
stop forced cooling operation.
Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling.
Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again to stop forced cooling.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
• Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.
6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not.
(It should have something like "liquid filling siphon attached" displayed on it.)
50/60class
50/60class
O.D. 12.7mm
Bending radius40mm or larger
Bending radius50mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger
Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
Thickness 1.0mm (C1220T-0)
71 class
O.D. 15.9mm
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 10mm Min.
O.D. 6.4mmI.D.
14-16mm
71 class
I.D.16-20mm
I.D. 8-10mm
Gas sideLiquid side
Gas pipe thermalinsulation Liquid pipe
thermal insulation
Filling a cylinder with an attached siphon
Stand the cylinder upright when filling.
There is a siphon pipe inside, so the cylinder need not be upside-down to fill with liquid.
Filling other cylinders
Turn the cylinder upside-down when filling.
Gas stop valve Valve cap
Hexagonal wrench
Close
Liquid stop valve
Service port
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
LED-A
SW4ON
AB
CD
S102
SW1
S2
Forced operation switch
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 111
Installation Manual ED04-910
Wiring
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between
the indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.
• Ground terminal installation Use the following method when installing the round crimp-style terminal.
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction. Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
WARNING
CAUTION
Stripping wire at terminal block
Electric Wire
Round crimp-styleterminal
123
1 2 3
Safety breaker 20A
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
H05VV
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Power supply50Hz 220V-240V 60Hz 220V-230V 50Hz 220V-240V : FV1A
:
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.
Power supply terminal block
L N1 2 3
Shape wires so that the service lid and stop valve cover fit securely.
Good Wrong
Round crimp-style terminal
Flat washer
Screw
Flat washer
Round crimp-style terminal
Screw
FVMF(A)VMA
112 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Test Run and Final Check
1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,
20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the
original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Test Items.
Test Items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for inter-unit wiring connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom Check
C: 3P192027-7C
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 113
Installation Manual ED04-910
12.2.4 RK(X)S 71 F, RXS 80 F
Accessories
Precautions for Selecting the Location
Precautions on Installation
1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be amplified.
2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to the neighbors of the user.
3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is
to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.
NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
1 1(A) Installation manual
(B) Drain socket assy (HEAT PUMP ONLY)
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side
may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the
snow will not affect the unit.
Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.
Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.
CAUTION
20
114 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Installation Guidelines
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.
Max. allowable height
Max. allowable length 30m
20m
Model 71/80 class
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
O.D. 6.4mm
O.D. 15.9mm
20g/m
Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10m in length.
Min. allowable length 1.5m
Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings
More than 50
Morethan 100
More than 350
1200or less
More than 50
More than 350
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
25cm from wall
Allow space for piping and electrical servicing.
Right side plate
35cm
Clamping material
Insulation tube
Service lidTape
Also insulate the connection on the outdoor unit.
Use tape or insulating material on all connections to prevent air from getting in between the copper piping and the insulation tube.Be sure to do this if the outdoor unit is installed above.
(Foot bolt-h
ole
centre
s)(Foot bolt-hole centres)
62cm
Level mounting base (available separately)
If there is the danger of the unit falling or overturning, fix the unit with foundation bolts, or with wire or other means.
If the location does not have good drainage, place the unit on a level mounting base (or a plastic pedestal). Install the outdoor unit in a level position. Failure to do so may result in water leakage or accumulation.
CAUTIONSet the piping length from 1.5m to 30m.
Allow 30cm of work space below the ceiling surface.
More than 100
Side view
Wall facing one side
Top view
Walls facing two sides
Unit: mm
Top view
More than 100
More than 350More than 50
Walls facing three sides
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 115
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (1)
1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain work.• Use drain plug for drainage.• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain
hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III. After insertion, turn them about 40° clockwise.
3) Connect vinyl hose on the market (internal diameter of 25mm) to drain socket (A).(If the hose is too long and hangs down, fix it carefully to prevent the kinks.)
NOTEIf the drain holes of the outdoor unit are covered with the mounting bracket or the floor, raise the unit to provide the space of more than 100mm under the leg of the outdoor unit.
4. Refrigerant piping.
3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
Liquid side1/4 inch
14.2-17.2N • m(144-175kgf • cm)
Gas side5/8 inch
61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)
Flare nut tightening torqueLiquid side
1/4 inch21.6-27.4N • m
(220-280kgf • cm)
Gas side5/8 inch
48.1-59.7N • m(490-610kgf • cm)
Valve cap tightening torque
10.8-14.7N • m (110-150kgf • cm)Service port cap tightening torque
CAUTION
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
(C) Drain receiver
(A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap
(Be sure not to insert them into wrong drain holes, or there causes water leakage.)
(View from bottom)
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare nut avoid tightening with over torque.
[Apply oil]
Torque wrench
Pipingunion
Flare nut
Spanner
[Tighten]
III
III
116 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (2)
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at the specified tightening torque.
5. Purging air and checking gas leakage. • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants
may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi).(High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump.(Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove covers from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve caps and service port caps for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
WARNING
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 117
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (3)
Pump Down Operation
6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not.
(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)
• Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.
7. Refrigerant piping work.7-1 Cautions on pipe handling.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending.
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a
hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop
forced cooling operation.
Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again
to stop forced cooling.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 1.0mm(C1220T-0)
Bending radius50mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 8-10mm
Liquid pipe thermal insulation
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
LED-A
SW4ON
AB
CD
S102
SW1
S2
Forced operation switch
Close
valve cap
Hexagonal wrench
Service port
Liquid stop valve
Gas stop valve
Filling a cylinder with an attached siphon
Stand the cylinder upright when filling.
There is a siphon pipe inside, so the cylinder need not be upside-down to fill with liquid.
Filling other cylinders
Turn the cylinder upside-down when filling.
118 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Wiring
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.
1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between
the indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place.
• Ground terminal installation Use the following method when installing the round crimp-style terminal.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leakage bleaker. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leakage bleaker capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage bleaker itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
WARNING
CAUTION
Stripping wire at terminal block
Stranded wire
Round crimp-styleterminal
123
1 2 3
Safety breaker 20A
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
60245 IEC57
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoorunit
Power supply50Hz 220-240V60Hz 220-230V50Hz 220-240V : FV1A
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Good Wrong
Round crimp-style terminal
Flat washer
Screw
Flat washer
Round crimp-style terminal
Screw
Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.
Power supply terminal block
L N1 2 3
Shape wires so that the service lid and stop valve cover fit securely.
: FVMA
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 119
Installation Manual ED04-910
Test Run and Final Check
1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C
to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the
original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Test Items.
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Test items Symptom Check
C: 3P229455-2A
120 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12.2.5 RXS 80/90 H
Accessories
Precautions for Selecting the Location
Precautions on Installation
1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be amplified.
2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to the neighbors of the user.
3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets.
This is to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.
NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
1 1(A) Installation manual
(B) Drain socket assy (HEAT PUMP ONLY)
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side
may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the
snow will not affect the unit.
Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.
Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.
CAUTION
20
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 121
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings
Installation Guidelines
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.
Max. allowable height
Max. allowable length 30m
20m
Model 71 class 80/90 class
2m
50g/m
O.D. 9.5mm
60 class
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
O.D. 6.4mm
O.D. 15.9mmO.D. 12.7mm
20g/m
Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10m in length.
Min. allowable length 1.5m
More than 50
Morethan 100
More than 350
1200or less
More than 50
More than 350
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
Allow 30cm of work space below the ceiling surface.
25cm from wall
Allow space for piping and electrical servicing.
Right side plate
35cm
Clamping material
Insulation tube
Service lidTape
Also insulate the connection on the outdoor unit.
Use tape or insulating material on all connections to prevent air from getting in between the copper piping and the insulation tube.Be sure to do this if the outdoor unit is installed above.
(Foot bolt-h
ole
centre
s)(Foot bolt-hole centres)
62cm
Level mounting base (available separately)
If there is the danger of the unit falling or overturning, fix the unit with foundation bolts, or with wire or other means.
If the location does not have good drainage, place the unit on a level mounting base (or a plastic pedestal). Install the outdoor unit in a level position. Failure to do so may result in water leakage or accumulation.
More than 100
Side view
Wall facing one side
Top view
Walls facing two sides
Unit: mm
Top view
More than 100
More than 350More than 50
Walls facing three sides
CAUTIONSet the piping length from 1.5m or 2m to 30m.
122 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (1)
1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain work.• Use drain plug for drainage.• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.
• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)
1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.
2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III.After insertion, turn them about 40° clockwise.
3) Connect vinyl hose on the market (internal diameter of 25mm) to drain socket (A).(If the hose is too long and hangs down, fix it carefully to prevent the kinks.)
NOTEIf the drain holes of the outdoor unit are covered with the mounting bracket or the floor, raise the unit to provide the space of more than 100mm under the leg of the outdoor unit.
4. Refrigerant piping.1) Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4
turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.• Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent
damage to the flare nuts and escaping gas.2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil on both inner and
outer surfaces of the flare.
3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
Liquid side71/80/90 class5/8 inch
61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)
60 class1/2 inch
49.5-60.3N • m(505-615kgf • cm)
80/90 class3/8 inch
32.7-39.9N • m(333-407kgf • cm)
60/71 class1/4 inch
14.2-17.2N • m(144-175kgf • cm)
Flare nut tightening torque
Valve cap tightening torque Gas side Liquid side 48.1-59.7N • m 21.6-27.4N • m
(490-610kgf • cm) (220-280kgf • cm)
Service port cap 10.8-14.7N • mtightening torque (110-150kgf • cm)
Gas side
Coat here with refrigeration oil
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Spanner
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
(C) Drain receiver
(A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap
(Be sure not to insert them into wrong drain holes, or there causes water leakage.)
(View from bottom)
III
III
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 123
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (2)
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at the specified tightening torque.
5. Purging air and checking gas leakage. • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants
may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi).(High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump.(Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove covers from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve caps and service port caps for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
WARNING
124 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (3)
Pump Down Operation
6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not.
(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)
• Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.
7. Refrigerant piping work.7-1 Cautions on pipe handling.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending.
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a
hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop
forced cooling operation.
Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again
to stop forced cooling.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation
Thickness 10mm Min.
71/80/90 classO.D. 15.9mm
60 classO.D. 12.7mmBending radius40mm or larger
Bending radius50mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger
60 classI.D. 14-16mm
71/80/90 classI.D. 16-20mm
60/71 classO.D. 6.4mm
80/90 classO.D. 9.5mm
60/71 classI.D. 8-10mm
80/90 classI.D. 12-15mm
Liquid pipe thermal insulation
Thickness 1.0mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
LED-A
SW4ON
AB
CD
S102
SW1
S2
Forced operation switch
Close
valve cap
Hexagonal wrench
Service port
Liquid stop valve
Gas stop valve
Filling a cylinder with an attached siphon
Stand the cylinder upright when filling.
There is a siphon pipe inside, so the cylinder need not be upside-down to fill with liquid.
Filling other cylinders
Turn the cylinder upside-down when filling.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 125
Installation Manual ED04-910
Wiring
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.
1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between
the indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place.
• Ground terminal installation Use the following method when installing the round crimp-style terminal.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
WARNING
CAUTION
Stripping wire at terminal block
Electric Wire
Round crimp-styleterminal
123
1 2 3
Safety breaker 20A
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
60245 IEC57
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoorunit
Power supply50Hz 220-240V60Hz 220-230V
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Good Wrong
Round crimp-style terminal
Flat washer
Screw
Flat washer
Round crimp-style terminal
Screw
Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.
Power supply terminal block
L N1 2 3
Shape wires so that the service lid and stop valve cover fit securely.
126 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Test Run and Final Check
1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C
to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the
original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Test Items.
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Test items Symptom Check
C: 3P229455-1
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 127
Installation Manual ED04-910
12.2.6 RXS 100 H
Accessories
Precautions for Selecting the Location
Precautions on Installation
1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be amplified.
2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to the neighbors of the user.
3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is
to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.
NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M12 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
1 1(A) Installation manual
(B) Drain socket assy
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side
may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the
snow will not affect the unit.
Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.
Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.
CAUTION
20
128 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings
Installation Guidelines
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.
Max. allowable height
Max. allowable length 30m
20m
Model 100 class
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
O.D. 9.5mm
O.D. 15.9mm
50g/m
Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10m in length.
Min. allowable length 2.0m
More than 50
Morethan 100
More than 350
1200or less
More than 50
More than 350
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.
Allow 30cm of work space below the ceiling surface.
25cm from wallAllow space for piping and electrical servicing.
Right side plate
34.5cm
Clamping material
Insulation tube
Service lidTape
Also insulate the connection on the outdoor unit.
Use tape or insulating material on all connections to prevent air from getting in between the copper piping and the insulation tube.Be sure to do this if the outdoor unit is installed above.
(Foot bolt-h
ole
centre
s)(Foot bolt-hole centres)
62cm
Level mounting base (available separately)
If there is the danger of the unit falling or overturning, fix the unit with foundation bolts, or with wire or other means.
If the location does not have good drainage, place the unit on a level mounting base (or a plastic pedestal). Install the outdoor unit in a level position. Failure to do so may result in water leakage or accumulation.
More than 100
Side view
Wall facing one side
Top view
Walls facing two sides
Unit: mm
Top view
More than 100
More than 350More than 50
Walls facing three sides
CAUTIONSet the piping length from 2.0m to 30m.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 129
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (1)
1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain work.• Use drain plug for drainage.• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain
hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III. After insertion, turn them about 40˚ clockwise.
(Be sure not to insert them into wrong drain holes, or there causes water leakage.)
(View from bottom)
3) Connect vinyl hose on the market (internal diameter of 25mm) to drain socket (A).(If the hose is too long and hangs down, fix it carefully to prevent the kinks.)
NOTEIf the drain holes of the outdoor unit are covered with the mounting bracket or the floor, raise the unit to provide the space of more than 100mm under the leg of the outdoor unit.
4. Refrigerant piping.
3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
WARNING
Liquid side3/8 inch
32.7-39.9N • m(333-407kgf • cm)
Gas side5/8 inch
61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)
Flare nut tightening torqueLiquid side
3/8 inch21.6-27.4N • m
(220-280kgf • cm)
Gas side5/8 inch
48.1-59.7N • m(490-610kgf • cm)
Valve cap tightening torque
10.8-14.7N • m (110-150kgf • cm)Service port cap tightening torque
CAUTION1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die A 0-0.5mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R410A
1.0-1.5mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5-2.0mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
(C) Drain receiver
(A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap
III
III
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare nut avoid tightening with over torque.
[Apply oil]
Torque wrench
Pipingunion
Flare nut
Spanner
[Tighten]
130 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation (2)
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at the specified tightening torque.
5. Purging air and checking gas leakage. • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants
may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi).(High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump.(Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove covers from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve caps and service port caps for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
WARNING
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 131
Installation Manual ED04-910
Outdoor Unit Installation (3)
Pump Down Operation
6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not.
(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.) • Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.
7. Refrigerant piping work.7-1 Cautions on pipe handling.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending.
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a
hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop
forced cooling operation.
Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again
to stop forced cooling.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation
Bending radius50mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 1.0mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 10mm Min.
O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 9.5mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 12-15mm
Liquid pipe thermal insulation
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
LED-A
SW4ON
AB
CD
S102
SW1
S2
Forced operation switch
Close
valve cap
Hexagonal wrench
Service port
Liquid stop valve
Gas stop valve
Filling a cylinder with an attached siphon
Stand the cylinder upright when filling.
There is a siphon pipe inside, so the cylinder need not be upside-down to fill with liquid.
Filling other cylinders
Turn the cylinder upside-down when filling.
132 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Wiring
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.
1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between
the indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place.
• Ground terminal installation Use the following method when installing the round crimp-style terminal.
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
Stripping wire at terminal block
CAUTION
WARNING
Electric Wire
Round crimp-styleterminal
123
1 2 3
Safety breaker 20A
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
60245 IEC57
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoorunit
Power supply50Hz 220-240V60Hz 220-230V
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Good Wrong
Round crimp-style terminal
Flat washer
Screw
Flat washer
Round crimp-style terminal
Screw
Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.
Power supply terminal block
L N1 2 3
Shape wires so that the service lid and stop valve cover fit securely.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 133
Installation Manual ED04-910
Test Run and Final Check
1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in cooling or heating mode.
• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C
to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
2. Test Items.
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Test items Symptom Check
C: 3P229966-1
134 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
12.2.7 RXS 50 B
Precautions on Installation
Precautions for Selecting the Location1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be
amplified.2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to
the neighbors of the user.3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is to
prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.
NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side
may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a baffle
plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the snow
will not affect the unit.
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20 mm from the foundation surface.• When installing the unit on the frame, fix water proof plate within 150 mm from the bottom of the unit to prevent
water from entering.
Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
Accessories
1 1(A) Installation manuals
(B) Drain plug (Heat pump-Models)
There is on the bottom packing case.
20
Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.
Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.
Caution
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 135
Installation Manual ED04-910
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200 mm or less.
Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings
Installation Guidelines
(Foot bolt-h
ole
centre
s)
(Foot bolt-hole centres)
580mm
330mm
120mm(From unit’s side)
Service lid
Allow space for piping and electrical servicing.
In sites with poor drainage, use block bases for outdoor unit.Adjust foot height until the unit is leveled. Otherwise, water leakage or pooling of water may occur.
Where there is a danger of the unit falling, use foot bolts, or wires.
More than 100 More than 350
Side view
1200or less
More than 50 More than 50
More than 350
Top view
Morethan 100
Top view Unit: mm
More than100
More than 50
Wall facing one side Walls facing two sides
Walls facing three sides
Morethan 350
Model
Max. allowable height
Max. allowable length 30 m
20 m
60 class50 class 71 class
Min. allowable length 1.5 m
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
O.D. 6.4 mm
O.D. 12.7 mm O.D. 15.9 mm
20g/m
Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10 m in length.
Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishingtape from bottom to top.
250 mm from wall
CAUTIONSet the piping length to 1.5m or longer.
136 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation1. Installing Outdoor Unit
1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings.”
2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain Work1) Use drain plug for drainage.2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional
foot bases of at least 30 mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit.
(Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)
3. Flaring the Pipe End1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing downward
so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
4. Refrigerant Piping
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
Drain-water hole
Bottom frame
Drain plug
Hose (available commercially,inner dia. 16mm)
10.8~14.7N • m (110~150kgf • cm)Service port cap tightening torque
Warning
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Caution
Valve cap tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
48.1~59.7N • m
(490~610kgf • cm)
44.1~53.9N • m
(450~550kgf • cm)
21.6~27.4N • m
(220~280kgf • cm)
Flare nut tightening torque
Gas side Liquid side
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
49.5~60.3N • m
(505~615kgf • cm)
61.8~75.4N • m
(630~770kgf • cm)
14.2~17.2N • m
(144~175kgf • cm)
(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs
Set exactly at the position shown below.
A
Flaring
Die
CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.
The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.
Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.
A 0 ~ 0.5 mm
Clutch-type
Flare tool for R-410A
1.0 ~ 1.5 mm
Clutch-type (Rigid-type)
1.5 ~ 2.0 mm
Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Conventional flare tool
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
Torque wrench
Piping union
Flare nut
Do not apply refrigeration
oil to the outer surface.
Flare nut
Apply refrigeration oil to the
inner surface of the flare.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare
nut avoid tightening with over torque.
Spanner
[Apply oil] [Tighten]
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 137
Installation Manual ED04-910
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4 mm) to operate the shut-off valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at
the specified tightening torque.
Outdoor Unit Installation5. Purging Air and Checking Gas Leakage • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants may
damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
1) Connect projection side (on which worm pin is pressed) of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas shut-off valve’s service port.
Gaugemanifold
Compoundpressure gauge
Pressure meter
Low-pressurevalve
High-pressurevalve
Charginghoses
Vacuum pump
Valve lids
Service port
Liquidshut-offvalve
Gasshut-offvalve
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi). (High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76 cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump. (Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove valve lids from liquid shut-off value and gas shut-off valve.
6) Turn the liquid shut-off valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas shut-off valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas shut-off valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve lids and service port cap for the liquid and gas shut-off valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
Warning
138 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
Outdoor Unit Installation
Pump Down Operation
6. Refrigerant Piping Work6-1 Cautions on Pipe Handling
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender
for bending.
6-2 Selection of Copper and Heat Insulation materialsWhen using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045 kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.
In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve lids from liquid shut-off valve and gas shut-off valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid shut-off valve with a
hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas shut-off valve and
stop forced cooling operation.
Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again
to stop forced cooling.
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.
Wall
If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.
Be sure to place a cap.
Rain
Gas pipeLiquid pipe
Gas pipe insulation
Liquid pipe insulation
Finishing tape Drain hose
Inter-unit wiring
Gas shut-off valve Valve lid
Hexagonal wrench
Close
Liquid shut-off valve
Service port
50/60/71class
50/60class 71 class 50/60/71
class50/60class 71 class
O.D.12.7mm
Bending radius40mm or larger
Bending radius50mm or larger
Bending radius30mm or larger
Thickness 1.0mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 0.8mm(C1220T-0)
Thickness 10mm Min.
O.D.15.9mm
O.D.6.4mm
I.D.14-16mm
I.D.16-20mm
I.D.8-10mm
Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermalinsulation
Liquid pipe thermalinsulation
A B C
ON
SW4
LED-AS52
Forced operation switch
SW1
S2
1A1 2 3
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 139
Installation Manual ED04-910
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20 mm).2) Connect the connection wires between the
indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.(Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.)
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
1 2 3
Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.
Power supplyterminal block
Shape wires so that the service lid and shut-off valve cover fit securely.
Electric Wire
Round crimp-styleterminal
123
1 2 3 L N
Safetybreaker20A
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Earth
When wire length exceeds 10 m, use 2.0-mm wires.
H05VV
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Outdoor unit
Indoorunit
Powersupply50Hz 220-240V 60Hz 220-230V
Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.
Warning
Caution
Stripping wire at terminal block
Strip wire endto this point.
Excessive strip lengthmay cause electricalshock or leakage.
Good Wrong
Wiring
140 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Installation Manual
1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C
to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Test Items.
Test Items
Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.
Draining line is properly installed.
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.
Fall, vibration, noise
Water leakage
Water leakage
System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
Indoor unit properly receives remote control commands.
Inoperative
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened.
Incomplete cooling/heating function
The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.
Inoperative or burn damage
Symptom Check
Test Run and Final Check
C: 3P098803-12M
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 141
Operation Manual ED04-910
13.Operation Manual13.1 Safety Precautions
2
READ BEFORE OPERATION
Safety precautions• Keep this manual where the operator can easily find them.• Read this manual attentively before starting up the unit.• For safety reason the operator must read the following cautions carefully.• This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION. Be sure to follow all precautions
below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING• In order to avoid fire, explosion or injury, do not operate the unit when harmful, among which flammable or
corrosive gases, are detected near the unit.• It is not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time.• Do not put a finger, a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet. As the fan is rotating at a high speed, it will
cause injury.• Do not attempt to repair, relocate, modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself. Incorrect work will cause electric
shocks, fire etc. For repairs and reinstallation, consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information.
• The refrigerant used in the air conditioner is safe. Although leaks should not occur, if for some reason any refrigerant happens to leak into the room, make sure it does not come in contact with any flame as of gas heaters, kerosene heaters or gas range.
• If the air conditioner is not cooling (heating) properly, the refrigerant may be leaking, so call your dealer.When carrying out repairs accompanying adding refrigerant, check the content of the repairs with our service staff.
• Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by your self. Incorrect work will result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire. For installation, consult the dealer or a qualified technician.
• In order to avoid electric shock, fire or injury, if you detect any abnormally such as smell of fire, stop the operation and turn off the breaker. And call your dealer for instructions.
• Depending on the environment, an earth leakage breaker must be installed. Lack of an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks or fire.
CAUTION• The air conditioner must be earthed. Incomplete earthing may result in electric shocks. Do not connect the
earth line to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or a telephone earth line.
• In order to avoid any quality deterioration, do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments, food, plants, animals or works of art.
• Never expose little children, plants or animals directly to the air flow.• Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the
indoor unit. It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat.
WARNINGIf you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life.
CAUTIONIf you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may cause minor or moderate property damage or personal injury.
Never do. Be sure to follow the instructions.
Be sure to earth the air conditioner.Never cause the air conditioner (including the remote controller) to get wet.
Never touch the air conditioner (including the remote controller) with a wet hand.
142 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
3
• Do not block air inlets nor outlets. Impaired air flow may result in insufficient performance or trouble.• Do not stand or sit on the outdoor unit. Do not place any object on the unit to avoid injury, do not remove the fan guard.• Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture. In certain conditions,
moisture in the air may condense and drip.• After a long use, check the unit stand and fittings for damage.• Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit. It may cause injury.• The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision.• Young children shuld be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
• To avoid oxygen deficiency, ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the air conditioner.
• Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation, turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord.• Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one as specified. It may cause trou-
ble or fire.• Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage. Incomplete draining may cause wetting of the building, furniture
etc.• Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and do not let leaves and other debris accumulate around
the unit. Leaves are a hotbed for small animals which can enter the unit. Once in the unit, such animals can cause malfunc-tions, smoke or fire when making contact with electrical parts.
• Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands.
• Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water, only use a slightly wet cloth.• Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit. Water may pene-
trate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations, resulting in an electric shock.
To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments, consult the dealer.• Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs.• Salty environment such as coastal areas.• Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs.• Places where snow may block the outdoor unit.
The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage.
For installation, choose a place as described below.• A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or vibration.• A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not annoy
your neighbours.
• For power supply, be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner.
• Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills. Please consult the dealer if reloca-tion is necessary for moving or remodeling
Installation site.
Consider nuisance to your neighbours from noises.
Electrical work.
System relocation.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 143
Operation Manual ED04-910
13.2 FTK(X)S 25/35 G
4
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
144 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
5
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit1. Air filter
2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter:• These filters are attached to the inside of the air
filters.
3. Air inlet
4. Front panel
5. Panel tab
6. Room temperature sensor:• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
7. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:• It detects the movements of people and auto-
matically switches between normal operation and energy saving operation. (page 18.)
8. Display
9. Air outlet
10. Flaps (horizontal blades): (page 12.)
11. Louvres (vertical blades):• The louvres are inside of the air outlet.
(page 13.)
12. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch: (page 10.)• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refers to the following
table.
• This switch is useful when the remote controller is missing.
13. Operation lamp (green)14. TIMER lamp (Yellow): (page 20.)15. INTELLIGENT EYE lamp (green): (page 18.)
16. Signal receiver:• It receives signals from the remote controller.• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.• Operation start .............beep-beep• Settings changed..........beep• Operation stop ..............beeeeep
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Air outlet
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
20. Drain hose
21. Earth terminal:• It is inside of this cover.
22. Outside air temperature sensor:• It senses the ambient temperature around the
unit.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
ModeTemperature
settingAir flow
rateFTK COOL 22°C AUTOFTX AUTO 25°C AUTO
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 145
Operation Manual ED04-910
6
Remote Controller
1. Signal transmitter:• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)
3. ECONO button:ECONO operation (page 16.)
4. POWERFUL button:POWERFUL operation (page 14.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
8. QUIET button: OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation (page 15.)
9. FAN setting button:• It selects the air flow rate setting.
10. SWING button: (page 12.)11. MOLD PROOF button:
• MOLD PROOF operation (page 17.)12. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE oper-
ation (page 18.)13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)15. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.16. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)18. RESET button:
• Restart the unit if it freezes.• Use a thin object to push.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGQUIET SENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
1
2
5
6
910
12
11
16
1817
13
15
14
<ARC433B46, B47>
3
4
7
8
146 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
7
Preparation Before Operation
To set the batteries
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
3. Set the front cover as before.
ATTENTIONAbout batteries• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries
together.• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to fade or if
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Do not use manganese batteries.• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 147
Operation Manual ED04-910
8
Preparation Before Operation
To operate the remote controller• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter
at the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote control-ler, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.• The maximum distance for communication is
about 7m.
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the sig-nals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller holder.
ATTENTIONAbout remote controller• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as
inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote control signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to some-
where else, or consult the shop.
148 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
9
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the present time.Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rap-idly increases or decreases the time dis-play.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
Turn the breaker ON• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)
NOTETips for saving energy• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy.• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them
once in about every two weeks.Please note• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system .
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 3
2
Recommended temperature setting
For cooling:26°C – 28°CFor heating:20°C – 24°C
Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range
COOL Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.(In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
HEAT Outdoor temperature:–10 to 20˚CIndoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
DRY Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 149
Operation Manual ED04-910
10
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN OperationThe air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice.From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.
To start operation
1. Press “MODE selector button” and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances the
mode setting in sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
2. Press “ON/OFF button” .• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press
“ ” to lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
2, 31
4
5
150 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
11
To change the air flow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the air flow rate is set to a weak level.
NOTE
DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
The air flow rate setting is not variable.
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”
plus “ ” “ ” are available.
Note on HEAT operation• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is rec-ommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.Note on COOL operation• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.Note on DRY operation• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT) based on
the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to user-
setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.Note on air flow rate setting• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 151
Operation Manual ED04-910
12
Adjusting the Air Flow DirectionYou can adjust the air flow direction to increase your com-fort.
To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps)
1. Press “SWING button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the
flaps will begin to swing.
2. When the flaps have reached the desired position, press “SWING button” once more.• The flaps will stop moving.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET1, 2
152 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
13
To adjust the vertical blades (louvres)
Hold the knob and move the louvres.(You will find a knob on the left-side and the right-side blades.)
• When the unit is installed in the corner of a room, the direction of the louvers should be facing away from the wall.If they face the wall, the wall will block off the wind, causing the cooling (or heating) efficiency to drop.
Notes on flaps and louvres angles• When “ SWING button ” is selected, the flaps
swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
• If the unit is operated after being stopped with the flaps pointed down in cooling or dry opera-tion, the flaps will automatically move to a hor-izontal position after about one hour to prevent condensation from forming on them.
ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps
angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 153
Operation Manual ED04-910
14
POWERFUL OperationPOWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity .
To start POWERFUL operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates again with the settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• When using POWERFUL operation, there are some functions which are not available.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel POWERFUL operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTENotes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO or QUIET Operation.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation
stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the air flow rate is slightly increased .
• In FAN modeThe air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
154 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
15
OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET OperationOUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is conve-nient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
1. Press “QUIET button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
2. Press “QUIET button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTENote on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• If using a multi system, this function will work only when the OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET
operation is set on all operated indoor units.• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation cannot be used at the
same time.Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 155
Operation Manual ED04-910
16
ECONO OperationECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by lowering the maximum power con-sumption value.
To start ECONO operation
1. Press “ECONO button” .• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel ECONO opera-tion
2. Press “ECONO button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTE• ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop
button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.• ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power
consumption of the outdoor unit (operating frequency).• ECONO operation functions in AUTO, COOL, DRY, and HEAT modes.• POWERFUL operation and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.• Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used, when the level of
power consumption is already low.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
156 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
17
MOLD PROOF OperationMOLD PROOF operation is a function which reduces the spread of mold by using Fan mode to lower the humidity inside the indoor unit.
To set MOLD PROOF operation
1. Press and hold the MOLD PROOF button for two seconds.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel MOLD PROOF operation
2. Press and hold the MOLD PROOF button for two seconds one more time.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTE• MOLD PROOF operation will operate for approximately one hour after dry or cooling mode
is turned off.• This function is not designed to remove existing dust or mold.• MOLD PROOF operation is not available when the unit is turned off using the OFF TIMER.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 157
Operation Manual ED04-910
18
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation
1. Press “SENSOR button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
[EX.]
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET1, 2
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy saving operation.
Somebody back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
158 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
19
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
CAUTION
Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +2°C in dry mode from set temperature.• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
• Application range is as follows.
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of pass-
ersby, temperature range, etc.• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 159
Operation Manual ED04-910
20
TIMER OperationTimer functions are useful for automatically switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER opera-tion• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases
or decreases the time setting by 10 min-utes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel the OFF TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled when
remote controller batteries are replaced.)• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the time
entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODEWhen the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5˚C up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
42
1, 3
160 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
21
To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set
the clock to the present time (page 9.).
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button
increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either but-ton changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel ON TIMER operation
4. Press “CANCEL button”.• The TIMER lamp goes off.
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
ATTENTIONIn the following cases, set the timer again.• After a breaker has turned OFF.• After a power failure.• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
TEMPON/OFF
POWERFUL
MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR
ECONO
MOLD PROOF
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
2
1, 3
4
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 161
Operation Manual ED04-910
24
Care and CleaningCAUTION
Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel1. Open the front panel.
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it unitl it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.• Lift the front panel up, slide it slightly to the
right, and remove it from the horizontal axle.
3. Clean the front panel.• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.• Only neutral detergent may be used.• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with
cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel.• Set the 2 keys of the front panel into the slots and
push them in all the way.• Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at
the 3 points.( 1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
CAUTION
Units
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully. • When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40˚C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, pol-
ishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.
162 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
25
1. Open the front panel. (page 24.)
2. Pull out the air filters.• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air
filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and
unhook the four claws.
4. Clean or replace each filter.See figure.
5. Set the air filter and Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel.• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel.
Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3 points. (1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
Air Filter1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent
thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.The Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neu-
tral cleaning agent.3. Do not remove filter from frame when washing with water.4. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.5. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter
when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
Filters
Air filter
Titanium Apatite PhotocatalyticAir-Purifying Filter
Filter frame
Tab
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 163
Operation Manual ED04-910
26
NOTE
Check
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “Fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE selector button” and select “Fan”operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner.
3. Clean the air filters and set them again.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
• Operation with dirty filters: (1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air. (3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.
• To order Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter contact to the service shop there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old filters as burnable waste.
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the ser-
vice shop if this is the case.
Item Part No.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. (without frame) 1 set KAF970A46
164 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
27
Trouble Shooting
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
These cases are not troubles.
Case ExplanationOperation does not start soon.• When ON/OFF button was
pressed soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
• This is to protect the air conditioner.You should wait for about 3 minutes.
Hot air does not flow out soon after the start of heating operation.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes.(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops suddenly and a flowing sound is heard.
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes.
The outdoor unit emits water or steam.
In HEAT mode• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam
when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.In COOL or DRY mode• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mist comes out of the indoor unit.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold air flow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the air flow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while the air conditioner is not in operation.
After operation is stopped:• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60
seconds for system protection.While the air conditioner is not in operation:• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor
fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped suddenly.(OPERATION lamp is on.)
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 165
Operation Manual ED04-910
28
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Check again.
Case CheckThe air conditioner does not operate.(OPERATION lamp is off.)
• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?
• Isn’t it a power failure?
• Are batteries set in the remote controller?
• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?
• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and the outdoor units?
• Is the temperature setting appropriate?
• Are the windows and doors closed?
• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
• Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode?(page 18.)
Operation stops suddenly.(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Are the air filters clean?
• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioninghappens during operation.
• The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.
166 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
29
WARNINGWhen an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
Call the service shop immediately.
After a power failureThe air conditioner automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait for a while.
LightningIf lightning may strike the neighbouring area, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
3P232468-7
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 167
Operation Manual ED04-910
13.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS 80 G
4
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
12
43
10 11 97
8
15
12
13
14
16
6
5
168 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
5
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit1. Air filter
2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
3. Air inlet
4. Front panel
5. Panel tab
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation and energy saving operation. (page 18.)
7. Room temperature sensor:• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
8. Display
9. Air outlet
10. Flap (horizontal blade): (page 12.)
11. Louvers (vertical blades):• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.
(page 12.)
12. Operation lamp (green)
13. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
14. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Operation. (page 16.)
15. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refer to the following table.
• This switch is useful when the remote controller is missing.
16. Signal receiver:• It receives signals from the remote controller.• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.• Operation start .............beep-beep• Settings changed..........beep• Operation stop ..............beeeeep
Outdoor Unit17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Air outlet
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
20. Drain hose
21. Earth terminal:• It is inside of this cover.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
19
20
2118
17
19
20
21
17
18
50/60 class 71/80/90 class
ModeTemperature
settingAir flow
rateFTKS COOL 22°C AUTOFTXS AUTO 25°C AUTO
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 169
Operation Manual ED04-910
6
Remote Controller
1. Signal transmitter:• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button: HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.)
4. POWERFUL button: POWERFUL operation (page 14.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode.(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
8. QUIET button: OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation (page 15.)
9. FAN setting button:• It selects the air flow rate setting.
10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE operation (page 18.)
11. SWING button: (page 12.)• Flap (Horizontal blade)
12. SWING button: (page 12.)• Louver (Vertical blades)
13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)15. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.16. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)18. RESET button:
• Restart the unit if it freezes.• Use a thin object to push.
QUIET
1
2
5
6
911
< ARC433B70, B71 >
3
4
7
81012
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF 16
181715
14
13
170 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
7
Preparation Before Operation
To set the batteries
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
3. Set the front cover as before.
ATTENTIONAbout batteries• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries
together.• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to fade or if
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces the lifespan.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.
+–
–+
2
3
1
Position + and – correctly!
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 171
Operation Manual ED04-910
8
Preparation Before Operation
To operate the remote controller• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at
the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.• The maximum distance for communication is
about 7m.
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller holder.
ATTENTIONAbout remote controller• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as
inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult the shop.
Receiver
Remote controller holder
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
172 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
9
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
Turn the breaker ON• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)
NOTETips for saving energy• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy.• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them
once in about every two weeks.Please note• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system .
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 3
2
Recommended temperature setting
For cooling:26°C – 28°CFor heating:20°C – 24°C
Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range
COOL Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation. (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
HEAT Outdoor temperature:–15 to 24˚CIndoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
DRY Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 173
Operation Manual ED04-910
10
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN OperationThe air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice.From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.
To start operation1. Press “MODE selector button”
and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances the
mode setting in sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
2. Press “ON/OFF button”.• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press
“ ” to lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
2, 31
4
5
<FTKS>
<FTXS>
174 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
11
To change the air flow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the air flow rate is set to a weak level.
NOTE
DRY mode AUTO or HEAT or COOL or FAN mode
The air flow rate setting is not variable.
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”
plus “ ” “ ” are available.
Note on HEAT operation• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.Note on COOL operation• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.Note on DRY operation• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation mode
(COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to
user-setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.Note on air flow rate setting• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 175
Operation Manual ED04-910
12
Adjusting the Air Flow DirectionYou can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort.
To adjust the horizontal blade (flap)
1. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the
flaps will begin to swing.
2. When the flap has reached the desired position, press “SWING button ” once more.• The flap will stop moving.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)
3. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button ” once more.• The louvers will stop moving.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET1, 2
3, 4
176 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
13
To 3-D Airflow1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.
To cancel 3-D Airflow2. 4. Press either the “SWING button ” or the “SWING button ”.
Notes on louvers angles
Notes on flap angle
ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a
high speed.
• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,
which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing.
ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed.
STOP
COOLapprox. 10˚~40˚
DRYapprox. 5˚~35˚
In COOL or DRY mode
STOP
HEATapprox. 15˚~55˚
In HEAT or FAN mode
FANapprox. 5˚~55˚
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 177
Operation Manual ED04-910
14
POWERFUL OperationPOWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates again with the settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• When using Powerful operation, there are some functions which are not available.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel POWERFUL operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTENotes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation
stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• In COOL and HEAT modeTo maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the air flow rate is slightly increased .
• In FAN modeThe air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
178 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
15
OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET OperationOUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
1. Press “QUIET button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
2. Press “QUIET button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTENote on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation cannot be used at the
same time.Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when using OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 179
Operation Manual ED04-910
16
HOME LEAVE OperationHOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and air flow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE operation1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
To cancel HOME LEAVE operation2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operationWhen using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate.
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.3. Adjust the air flow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
Initial setting Selectable range
temperature Air flow rate temperature Air flow rate
Cooling 25°C “ ” 18-32°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
Heating 25°C “ ” 10-30°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
180 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
Before bed...
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 181
Operation Manual ED04-910
18
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation
1. Press “SENSOR button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
[EX.]
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy saving operation.
Somebody back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
182 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
19
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
CAUTION
Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set temperature.• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
• Application range is as follows.
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.
90°55°
7m55°
7m
Vertical angle 90°(Side View)
Horizontal angle 110°(Top View)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 183
Operation Manual ED04-910
20
TIMER OperationTimer functions are useful for automatically switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases
or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel the OFF TIMER Operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled when
remote controller batteries are replaced.)• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the time
entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODEWhen the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5˚C up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
42
1, 3
184 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
21
To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the
clock to the present time (page 9.).
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases or
decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel ON TIMER operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
ATTENTIONIn the following cases, set the timer again.• After a breaker has turned OFF.• After a power failure.• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
2
1, 3
4
(Example)Present time: 11:00 p.m. (The unit operating)OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
Dis
play
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 185
Operation Manual ED04-910
24
Care and CleaningCAUTION
Indoor unit, outdoor unit and remote controller1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel1. Open the front panel.
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.• Open the front panel
further while sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you. This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner.
3. Clean the front panel.• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.• Only neutral detergent may be used.• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel.• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel
with the slots, then push them all the way in.• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides
and the center.)
CAUTION
Units
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils,
polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.
186 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
25
1. Open the front panel. (page 24.)
2. Pull out the air filters.• Push a little upwards the tab at the
center of each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.• Press the top of the air-
cleaning filter onto the tabs (3 at top). Then press the bottom of the filter up slightly, and press it onto the tabs (3 at bottom).
4. Clean or replace each filter.See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel.• Press the front panel at both sides and the
center.
Air Filter1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral
detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying FilterThe Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.4. Since the material is made out of polyester, do not wring out the filter
when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.
Filters
tabs (3 at top)
tabs (3 at bottom)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 187
Operation Manual ED04-910
26
NOTE
Check
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE button” and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner.
3. Clean the air filters and set them again.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
• Operation with dirty filters: (1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air. (3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.
• To order Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter contact to the service shop there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old filters as non-flammable waste.
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the
service shop if this is the case.
Item Part No.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. (without frame) 1 set KAF952B42
188 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
27
Trouble Shooting
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
These cases are not troubles.
Case ExplanationOperation does not start soon.• When ON/OFF button was
pressed soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
• This is to protect the air conditioner.You should wait for about 3 minutes.
Hot air does not flow out soon after the start of heating operation.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes.(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops suddenly and a flowing sound is heard.
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.You should wait for about 4 to 12 minutes.
The outdoor unit emits water or steam.
In HEAT mode• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam
when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.In COOL or DRY mode• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mist comes out of the indoor unit.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold air flow during cooling operation.This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the air flow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while the air conditioner is not in operation.
After operation is stopped:• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60
seconds for system protection.While the air conditioner is not in operation:• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor
fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped suddenly.(OPERATION lamp is on.)
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 189
Operation Manual ED04-910
28
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Check again.
Case CheckThe air conditioner does not operate.(OPERATION lamp is off.)
• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?• Isn’t it a power failure?• Are batteries set in the remote controller?• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?• Is the temperature setting appropriate?• Are the windows and doors closed?• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
Operation stops suddenly.(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioninghappens during operation.
• The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.
190 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
29
WARNING When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
Disposal requirementsDismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
Call the service shop immediately.
After a power failureThe air conditioner automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait for a while.
LightningIf lightning may strike the neighboring area, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.An abnormal sound is heard during operation.The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker cuts off the operation frequently. A switch or a button often fails to work properly.There is a burning smell.Water leaks from the indoor unit.
Turn the breaker OFF and call the service shop.
3P232468-4
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 191
Operation Manual ED04-910
13.4 FTXS 80-100 H
4
Names of partsIndoor Unit
12
16 13
12
14
15
8
43
10 11 97
6
5
192 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
5
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter
2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
3. Air inlet
4. Front panel
5. Panel tab
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation and energy saving operation. (page 15.)
7. Room temperature sensor:• It senses the air temperature around the
unit.
8. Display
9. Air outlet
10. Horizontal blades (flaps): (page 12.)
11. Vertical blades (louvers):• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.
(page 12.)
12. Operation lamp (green)
13. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
14. INTELLIGENT EYE lamp (green): (page 15.)
15. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refer to the following
table.
• This switch is useful when the remote controller is missing.
16. Signal receiver:• It receives signals from the remote controller.• When the unit receives a signal, you will
hear a short beep.• Operation start ........ beep-beep• Settings changed ..... beep• Operation stop.......... beeeeep
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side)
18. Air outlet
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
20. Drain hose
21. Earth terminal:• It is inside of this cover.
80/90 class
19
20
21
17
18
100 class
19
20
21
17
18
ModeTemperature
settingAirflow rate
AUTO 25˚C AUTO
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 193
Operation Manual ED04-910
6
Remote Controller
1. Signal transmitter:• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)
3. FAN setting button: • It selects the airflow rate setting.
4. POWERFUL button: POWERFUL operation (page 17.)
5. ON/OFF button:• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.
6. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:• It changes the temperature setting.
7. MODE selector button:• It selects the operation mode.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
8. QUIET button: OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation (page 18.)
9. ECONO button: ECONO operation (page 19.)
10. SWING button:• Horizontal blades (flaps) (page 12.)
11. SWING button:• Vertical blades (louvers) (page 12.)
12. COMFORT/SENSOR button: • COMFORT AIRFLOW and INTELLIGENT
EYE operation (page 14, 15.)
13. WEEKLY/PROGRAM/COPY/BACK/NEXT button: • WEEKLY TIMER operation (page 22.)
14. SELECT button: • It changes the ON/OFF TIMER and
WEEKLY TIMER settings. (page 20, 23.)
15. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)
16. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)
17. TIMER CANCEL button:• It cancels the timer setting. (page 20, 21.)• It cannot be used for the WEEKLY TIMER
operation.
18. CLOCK button: (page 8.)
1
5
6
2
3
4
<ARC452A4>
78
13
141517
<Open the front cover>
109
11
12
1618
194 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
7
Preparation before Operation
To set the batteries
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (LR03·AAA).
3. Set the front cover as before.
To operate the remote controller • To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at the
indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.• The maximum distance for communication is about 7m.
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller holder.
ATTENTION About batteries• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries together.• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.• The batteries will last for approximately one year. If the remote controller display begins to
fade and the degradation of reception performance occurs within a year, however, replace both two batteries with new size AAA alkaline batteries.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.
About remote controller• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such
as inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance
to somewhere else, or consult the shop.
2
3
1
Position + and – correctly!
Receiver
Remotecontrollerholder
Set.
• To remove, pull it upwards.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 195
Operation Manual ED04-910
8
Preparation before Operation
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
and blinks.
2. Press “SELECT button” to set the current day of the week.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
4. Press “SELECT button” to set the clock to the present time.Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.
5. Press “CLOCK button”.Always point the remote controller at the indoor unit when pushing the buttons when setting the indoor unit’s internal clock.
blinks.
NOTE • If the indoor unit’s internal clock is not set to the correct time, the WEEKLY TIMER will not
operate punctually.
1, 3, 5
2, 4
196 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
9
Turn the breaker ON• Turning ON the breaker opens once and closes the flaps. (This is a normal procedure.)
NOTETips for saving energy• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy.• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy.
Clean them once in about every two weeks.
Please note• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
• The operation of the system outside the above humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.
Recommended temperature setting
For cooling:26˚C – 28˚CFor heating:20˚C – 24˚C
Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range
COOL Outdoor temperature: 10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
HEAT Outdoor temperature: –15 to 24˚CIndoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
DRY Outdoor temperature: 10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 197
Operation Manual ED04-910
10
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN OperationThe air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice. From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.
To start operation1. Press “MODE selector button”
and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances
the mode setting in sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
2. Press “ON/OFF button”.• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press
“ ” to lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
1
5
2, 3
4
198 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
11
To change the airflow rate setting5. Press “FAN setting button”.
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.
NOTE
DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
The airflow rate setting is not variable.
Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”
plus “ ” “ ” are available.
Note on HEAT operation• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.• A pinging sound may be heard during defrosting operation, which, however does not mean
that the air conditioner has failures.
Note on COOL operation• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, the performance of the air conditioner drops.
Note on DRY operation• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and airflow rate, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation
mode (COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room
temperature to user-setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, manually change the set temperature.
Note on airflow rate setting• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 199
Operation Manual ED04-910
12
Adjusting the Airflow DirectionYou can adjust the airflow direction to increase your comfort.
To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps)
1. Press “SWING button ”.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the flaps will begin to swing.
2. When the flaps have reached the desired position, press “SWING button ” once more.• The flaps will stop moving.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)
3. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button ” once more.• The louvers will stop moving.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
1, 2
3, 4
200 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
13
To start 3-D Airflow1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:
the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.
To cancel 3-D Airflow2. 4. Press either the “SWING button ” or the “SWING button ”.
COMFORT AIRFLOW operation• Check COMFORT AIRFLOW operation in the section of “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” and
“INTELLIGENT EYE Operation”. (page 14, 15.)
Notes on flaps and louvers angles • When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps
swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold
air, which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing.
ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the
angles of the flaps and louvers. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.
COOL AND DRY MODE
HEAT AND FAN MODE
LOWERLIMIT (100˚)
UPPERLIMIT (60˚)
COMFORT AIRFLOW (105˚)
STOPOPERATION
COMFORT AIRFLOW (40˚)
STOPOPERATION
UPPERLIMIT (45˚)
LOWERLIMIT (80˚)
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 201
Operation Manual ED04-910
14
COMFORT AIRFLOW OperationThe flow of air will be in the upward direction while in cooling mode and in the downward direction while in heating mode, which will provide a comfortable wind that will not come in direct contact with people.
To start COMFORT AIRFLOW operation
1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD. • Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR
button” is pressed a different setting option is displayed on the LCD.
• By selecting “ ” from the following
icons, the air conditioner will be in COMFORT AIRFLOW operation combined with INTELLIGENT EYE operation. (page 16.)
To cancel COMFORT AIRFLOW operation2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.
• Press the button to select “Blank”.
Notes on “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” • The flap position will change, preventing air from blowing directly on the occupants of the room.• POWERFUL operation and COMFORT AIRFLOW operation cannot be used at the same time. • The volume of air will be set to AUTO. If the upward and downward airflow direction is
selected, the COMFORT AIRFLOW function will be canceled.• Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last. • The COMFORT AIRFLOW function makes the following airflow direction adjustments.
The flaps will move upward while cooling so that the airflow will be directed upward. The flaps will move downward while heating so that the airflow will be directed downward.
1, 2
Blank
Cooling operation Heating operation
202 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
15
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation
1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD. • Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR
button” is pressed a different setting option is displayed on the LCD.
• By selecting “ ” from the following
icons, the air conditioner will be in INTELLIGENT EYE operation combined with COMFORT AIRFLOW operation. (page 16.)
To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.
• Press the button to select “Blank”.
[EX.]
1, 2
Blank
Somebody back in the room
• Back to normal operation.The air conditioner will return to normal operation when the sensor detects the movement of people again.
When somebody in the room
• Normal operationThe air conditioner is in normal operation while the sensor is detecting the movement of people.
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy saving operation.The set temperature is shifted in ±2ºC steps.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 203
Operation Manual ED04-910
16
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
To combine “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” and “INTELLIGENT EYE Operation”1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD.
• Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR button” is pressed a different setting option is displayed on the LCD.
2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.• Press the button to select “Blank”.
CAUTION
Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2˚C in heating / +2˚C in cooling / +2˚C in dr y mode from set temperature.• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in FAN mode only. • If no presence detected in the room for 20 minutes.
• Application range is as follows.
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.• NIGHT SET MODE (page 20.) will not go on during use of INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
• The air conditioner can go into operation with the COMFORT AIRFLOW and INTELLIGENT EYE functions combined.
• The volume of air will be set to AUTO. If the upward and downward airflow direction is selected, the CONFORT AIRFLOW operation will be canceled. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect undesirable objects.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.
90˚
55˚7m
55˚
7m
Vertical angle 90˚(Side View)
Horizontal angle 110˚(Top View)
Blank
204 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
The airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.• POWERFUL Operation will not increase the capacity of the air conditioner if the air
conditioner is already in operation with its maximum capacity demonstrated.
17
POWERFUL OperationPOWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.• POWERFUL operation ends in
20minutes. Then the system automatically operates again with the previous settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.• When using POWERFUL operation,
there are some functions which are not available.
To cancel POWERFUL operation2. Press “POWERFUL button”
again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTE Notes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO, QUIET, or COMFORT
Operation. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• In COOL and HEAT modeTo maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.
• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the airflow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
1, 2
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 205
Operation Manual ED04-910
18
OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET OperationOUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
1. Press “QUIET button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation2. Press “QUIET button” again.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
1, 2
NOTE Note on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation cannot be used at the
same time. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET Operation will drop neither the frequency nor fan speed if the frequency and fan speed have been already dropped low enough.
206 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
19
ECONO OperationECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the maximum power consumption value. This function is useful for cases in which attention should be paid to ensure a circuit breaker will not trip when the product runs alongside other appliances.
To start ECONO operation
1. Press “ECONO button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel ECONO operation
2. Press “ECONO button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.
* The maximum running current and power consumption of the air conditioner in ECONO mode vary with the connecting outdoor unit.
NOTE • ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the OFF button
causes the setting to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.• ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power
consumption of the outdoor unit (operating frequency).• ECONO operation functions in AUTO, COOL, DRY and HEAT modes. • POWERFUL and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last. • Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used of the level of power
consumption is already low.
1, 2
Running current and power consumption
From start up until set temperature is reached
Time
Maximum during normal operation
Maximum during ECONO Mode
Normal operation
ECONOMode
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 207
Operation Manual ED04-910
20
TIMER OperationTimer functions are useful for automatically switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 8.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “SELECT button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button
increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel the OFF TIMER Operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE • When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is
canceled when remote controller batteries are replaced.)• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from
the time entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODEWhen the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5˚C up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
1, 3
42
208 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
21
To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set
the clock to the present time. (page 8.)
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “SELECT button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button
increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel ON TIMER operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
ATTENTION In the following cases, set the timer again.• After a breaker has turned OFF.• After a power failure.• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
1, 3
4
2
(Example)Present time: 11:00 p.m. (The unit operating)OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
Dis
play
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 209
Operation Manual ED04-910
22
WEEKLY TIMER OperationUp to 4 timer settings can be saved for each day of the week. It is convenient if the WEEKLY TIMER is set according to the family’s life style.
Using in these cases of WEEKLY TIMERAn example of WEEKLY TIMER settings is shown below.
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
25˚C 27˚C
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
25˚C 27˚C
8:00 10:00 19:00 21:00
27˚C 27˚C25˚C
27˚C
27˚C
25˚C
25˚C
Example: The same timer settings are made for the week from Monday through Friday while different timer settings are made for the weekend.
• Up to 4 reservations per day and 28 reservations per week can be set in the WEEKLY TIMER. The effective use of the copy mode ensures ease of making reservations.
• The use of ON-ON-ON-ON settings, for example, makes it possible to schedule operating mode and set temperature changes. Furthermore, by using OFF-OFF-OFF-OFF settings, only the turn-OFF time of each day can be set. This will turn OFF the air conditioner automatically if the user forgets to turn it OFF.
Make timer settings up to programs 1-4. (see page 23.)[Monday]
No timer settings[Saturday]
Make timer settings up to programs 1-4. (see page 23.)[Sunday]
Use the copy mode to make settings for Tuesday to Friday, because these settings are the same as those for Monday. (see page 25.)
[Tuesday]to
[Friday]
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF ONProgram 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFFOFF
OFFOFF
210 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
23
To use WEEKLY TIMER operation • Make sure the day of the week and time are set.
If not, set the day of the week and time. (page 8.)
1. Press “ button”. • The day of the week and the reservation
number will be displayed.• 1 to 4 settings can be made per day.
2. Press the “SELECT button” to select the desired day of the week and reservation number.• Pressing the “SELECT button” changes the
reservation number and the day of the week.
3. Press “NEXT button”.• The day of the week will be set.
• “ ” and “ ” blink.
4. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired mode.• “ ” and “ ” or “ ” will flash.
• Go to STEP 9 if “no setting” is selected.
5. Press “NEXT button”.• The weekly mode will be set.
• “ ” and “ ” blink.
6. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired time.• The time can be set between 0:00 and 23:50 in 10 minute intervals. • Press “BACK button” to return to the mode setting.• Go to STEP 9 if “OFF” is selected at STEP 4.
7. Press “NEXT button”. • The time will be set.
• “ ” and the temperature blink.
3, 5, 7
1
2, 4, 6
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
25˚C 27˚C
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF
[Monday]
ON OFF BlankON TIMER OFF TIMER no setting
Respective Setting Screens
Day and number settings ON/OFF settings Time settings Temperature settings
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 211
Operation Manual ED04-910
24
WEEKLY TIMER Operation8. Press “SELECT button” to
select the desired temperature. • The temperature can be set between
10˚C and 32˚C. Cooling: The unit operates at 18˚C even if it is set at 10 to 17˚C. Heating: The unit operates at 30˚C even if it is set at 31 to 32˚C.
• To return to the time setting, press “BACK button”.
• The set temperature is only displayed when the mode setting is on.
9. Press “NEXT button”.• The temperature will be set and go to
the next reservation setting.• To continue further settings, repeat the
procedure from STEP 2.
10.Press “ button” to complete the setting. • Point the remote controller toward the
air conditioner and press the buttons to operate. The air conditioner will beep and the operation lamp will flash.
NOTE WEEKLY TIMER
• Do not forget to set the time on the remote control first.• The day of the week, ON/OFF time can be set with WEEKLY TIMER. For ON-TIMER, settings
other than the above are based on the remote controller settings just before the operation.• Both WEEKLY TIMER and ON/OFF timer cannot be used at the same time. The ON/OFF
timer has priority if it is set while WEEKLY TIMER is still active. WEEKLY TIMER is activated after the reserved ON/OFF timer is completed.
• The “WEEKLY button” activates or deactivates the reservation.• To set WEEKLY TIMER, press “ button” and make a reservation according to the procedures.• Only the time and set temperature set with the weekly timer are sent with the “ button”.
Set the weekly timer only after setting the operation mode, the fan strength, and the fan direction ahead of time.
• Up to 4 settings per day and up to 28 settings per week can be reserved with WEEKLY TIMER. If a reservation deactivated with “WEEKLY button” is activated once again, the last reservation mode will be used.
• Shutting the breaker off, power failure, and other similar events will render operation of the indoor unit’s internal clock inaccurate. Reset the clock. (page 8.)
• The “BACK button” can be used only for the mode, time and temperature settings. It cannot be used to go back to the reservation number.
10
9
8
212 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
25
Using copy mode • A reservation made once can be easily
copied and the same settings used for another day of the week.
1. Press “ button”.2. Press “SELECT button” to confirm
the day of the week to be copied. 3. Press “COPY button”.
• This activates copy mode. • Copy whole reservation of the selected
day of the week.
4. Press “SELECT button” to select the destination day of the week.
5. Press “COPY button”.• The reservation will be copied to the
selected day of the week. The whole reservation of the selected day of the week will be copied. • To continue copying the settings to other days of the week, repeat STEP 4 and STEP 5.
6. Press “ button”.• Exit copy mode.
NOTE COPY MODE
• The entire reservation of the source day of the week is copied in the copy mode. Detailed settings can be made after the copy is completed.
1, 6
3, 5
2, 4
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
25˚C 27˚C
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
25˚C 27˚C
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF
[Monday]
COPY
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF[Tuseday]
to [Friday]
Setting Screens
Confirmation screen Copy screen Paste screen Normal screen
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 213
Operation Manual ED04-910
26
WEEKLY TIMER Operation
Confirming a reservation • The reservation can be confirmed.
1. Press “ button”.• The day of the week and the reservation
number of the current day will be displayed.
2. Press “SELECT button” to select the day of the week and the reservation number to be confirmed. • Pressing the “SELECT button” displays
the reservation details.
3. Press “ button”.• Reservation confirmation complete.
Canceling all reservations4. Hold the “WEEKLY button” for
5 seconds. • Be sure to direct the remote control
toward the main unit and check for a receiving tone.
• This operation is not effective while WEEKLY TIMER is being set.• All reservations will be canceled.
Canceling individual reservations• This function can be used for canceling reservations for each day of the week. • It can be used while confirming or setting reservations.
5. Select the day of the week to be canceled with the “SELECT button”.6. Hold the “WEEKLY button” for 5 seconds.
• The selected reservation will be canceled.
To cancel WEEKLY TIMER operation 7. Press “WEEKLY button” to deactivate the WEEKLY operation.
• The “ ” will disappear from the display.• The TIMER lamp goes off.• To reactivate the WEEKLY TIMER operation, press the “WEEKLY button” again.
1, 3
2, 5
4, 6, 7
Setting Screens
214 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
27
Care and CleaningCAUTION
Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel
1. Open the front panel.• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two
sides and lift it unitl it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.• Open the front panel
further while sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you. This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner.
3. Clean the front panel.• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.• Only neutral detergent may be used.• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel. • Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front
panel with the slots, then push them all the way in.• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both
sides and the center.)
CAUTION
Units
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully. • When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40˚C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile
oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 215
Operation Manual ED04-910
28
1. Open the front panel. (page 27.)2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. • Hold the recessed parts of
the frame and unhook the four claws.
4. Clean or replace each filter.See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel.• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
Air Filter 1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent
thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.• It is recommended to clean the air filters every 2 weeks.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying FilterThe Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a
neutral cleaning agent.3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.4. Since the material is made out of polyester, do not wring out the filter
when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.
Filters
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Filter frame
Air filterTab
216 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
29
NOTE
Check
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE” button and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner.
3. Clean the air filters and set them again.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
• Operation with dirty filters: (1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air. (3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.
• To order Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter contact to the service shop there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and
consult the service shop if this is the case.
Item Part No.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter (without frame) 1 set KAF970A48
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 217
Operation Manual ED04-910
30
Trouble Shooting
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
These cases are not troubles.
Case ExplanationOperation does not start soon.• When ON/OFF button was pressed
soon after operation was stopped.• When the mode was reselected.
• This is to protect the air conditioner.You should wait for about 3 minutes.
Hot air does not flow out soon after the start of heating operation.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes.(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops suddenly and a flowing sound is heard.
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.You should wait for about 4 to 12 minutes.
The outdoor unit emits water or steam.
In HEAT mode• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam
when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.In COOL or DRY mode• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mist comes out of the indoor unit.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold airflow during cooling operation.This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while the air conditioner is not in operation.
After operation is stopped:• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60 seconds
for system protection.While the air conditioner is not in operation:• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor
fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped suddenly.(OPERATION lamp is on.)
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
No remote controller signals are displayed.The remote controller sensitivity is low.The display is low in contrast or blacked out.The display runs out of control.
• The batteries are dying and the remote controller is malfunc-tioning. Replace all the batteries with new size AAA alkaline batteries. For details, refer to “To set the batteries” of this manual. (page 7.)
* If the reset button is provided, press the reset button after the batteries are replaced.
The ON/OFF TIMER does not operate according to the settings.
• Check if the ON/OFF TIMER and the WEEKLY TIMER are set to the same time. Change or disable the settings in the WEEKLY TIMER. (page 23.)
218 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
31
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Check again.
Case CheckThe air conditioner does not operate.(OPERATION lamp is off.)
• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?• Isn’t it a power failure?• Are batteries set in the remote controller?• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?• Is the temperature setting appropriate?• Are the windows and doors closed?• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
Operation stops suddenly.(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioning happens during operation.
• The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.
Heating cannot be selected, even though the unit is heat pump model.
• Slide the DIP switch to the left as shown in the illustration so that the heating mode can be selected with the mode selector button.
Heating side
Dipswitches
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 219
Operation Manual ED04-910
32
WARNINGWhen an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
Disposal requirementsDismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, result-ing in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
Call the service shop immediately.
After a power failureThe air conditioner automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait for a while.
LightningIf lightning may strike the neighbouring area, stop oper-ation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.An abnormal sound is heard during operation.The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker cuts off the operation frequently. A switch or a button often fails to work properly.There is a burning smell.Water leaks from the indoor unit.
Turn the breaker OFF and call the service shop.
3P228444-1A
220 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
13.5 FTXS 50 C
4
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
Main unit control panel
7
14
11
12
13
43
1512
9 108 6
5The illustration shows a 50-class unit
17
16
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 221
Operation Manual ED04-910
5
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit1. Air filter
2. Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function
3. Air inlet
4. Front panel
5. Panel tab
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation and energy saving operation. (page 18.)
7. Display
8. Air outlet
9. Flap (horizontal blade): (page 12.)
10. Louvers (vertical blades):• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.
(page 12.)
11. Operation lamp (green)
12. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
13. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Operation. (page 16.)
14. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:• Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refer to the following table.
• This switch is useful when the remote controller is missing.
15. Packaging materials: 50 class only• If any packaging materials are included,
please remove before operating. (page 24.)
16. Room temperature sensor:• It senses the air temperature around the unit.
17. Signal receiver:• It receives signals from the remote controller.• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
short beep.• Operation start .............beep-beep• Settings changed..........beep• Operation stop ..............beeeeep
Outdoor Unit18. Air inlet: (Back and side)
19. Air outlet
20. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable
21. Drain hose
22. Earth terminal:• It is inside of this cover.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.
20
21
2219
18
ModeTemperature
settingAirflow
rateFTKS COOL 22°C AUTOFTXS AUTO 25°C AUTO
222 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
6
Remote Controller
1. Signal transmitter:• It sends signals to the indoor unit.
2. Display:• It displays the current settings.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)
3. HOME LEAVE button: HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.)
4. POWERFUL button: POWERFUL operation (page 14.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:• It changes the temperature setting.
6. ON/OFF button:• Press this button once to start operation.
Press once again to stop it.7. MODE selector button:
• It selects the operation mode. (AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)
8. QUIET button: OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation (page 15.)
9. FAN setting button:• It selects the airflow rate setting.
10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE operation (page 18.)
11. SWING button: (page 12.)• Flap (Horizontal blade)
12. SWING button: (page 12.)• Louver (Vertical blades)
13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)15. TIMER Setting button:
• It changes the time setting.16. TIMER CANCEL button:
• It cancels the timer setting.17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)18. RESET button:
• Restart the unit if it freezes.• Use a thin object to push.
QUIET
1
2
5
6
911
< ARC433B70, B71 >
3
4
7
81012
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF 16
181715
14
13
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 223
Operation Manual ED04-910
7
Preparation Before Operation
To set the batteries
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
3. Set the front cover as before.
ATTENTIONAbout batteries• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries
together.• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to fade or if
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces the lifespan.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.
+–
–+
2
3
1
Position + and – correctly!
224 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
8
Preparation Before Operation
To operate the remote controller• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at
the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.• The maximum distance for communication is
about 7m.
To fix the remote controller holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller holder.
ATTENTIONAbout remote controller• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as
inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult the shop.
Receiver
Remote controller holder
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 225
Operation Manual ED04-910
9
To set the clock
1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.
3. Press “CLOCK button”.
blinks.
Turn the breaker ON• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)
NOTETips for saving energy• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy.• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them
once in about every two weeks.Please note• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 3
2
Recommended temperature setting
For cooling:26°C – 28°CFor heating:20°C – 24°C
Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range
COOL Outdoor temperature:–5 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation. (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
HEAT Outdoor temperature:–15 to 21˚CIndoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.
DRY Outdoor temperature:–5 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.
• A safety device may work to stop the operation.• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
226 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
10
AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN OperationThe air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice.From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.
To start operation1. Press “MODE selector button”
and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances the
mode setting in sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY
: COOL
: HEAT
: FAN
2. Press “ON/OFF button”.• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
The temperature setting is not variable.
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press
“ ” to lower the temperature.
Set to the temperature you like.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
2, 31
4
5
<FTKS>
<FTXS>
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 227
Operation Manual ED04-910
11
To change the airflow rate setting
5. Press “FAN setting button”.
• Indoor unit quiet operation
When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the airflow rate is set to a weak level.
NOTE
DRY mode AUTO or HEAT or COOL or FAN mode
The airflow rate setting is not variable.
Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”
plus “ ” “ ” are available.
Note on HEAT operation• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.Note on COOL operation• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.Note on DRY operation• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation mode
(COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to
user-setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.Note on airflow rate setting• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
228 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
12
Adjusting the Airflow DirectionYou can adjust the airflow direction to increase your comfort.
To adjust the horizontal blade (flap)
1. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the
flaps will begin to swing.
2. When the flap has reached the desired position, press “SWING button ” once more.• The flap will stop moving.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)
3. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button ” once more.• The louvers will stop moving.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET1, 2
3, 4
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 229
Operation Manual ED04-910
13
To 3-D Airflow1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.
To cancel 3-D Airflow2. 4. Press either the “SWING button ” or the “SWING button ”.
Notes on louvers angles
Notes on flap angle
ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a
high speed.
• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,
which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing.
ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed.
STOP
COOLapprox. 10˚~40˚
DRYapprox. 5˚~35˚
In COOL or DRY mode
STOP
HEATapprox. 15˚~55˚
In HEAT or FAN mode
FANapprox. 5˚~55˚
230 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
14
POWERFUL OperationPOWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates again with the settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.
• When using Powerful operation, there are some functions which are not available.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel POWERFUL operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTENotes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation
stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• In COOL and HEAT modeTo maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.
• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the airflow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN modeThe airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 231
Operation Manual ED04-910
15
OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET OperationOUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
1. Press “QUIET button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
2. Press “QUIET button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTENote on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation cannot be used at the
same time.Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when using OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
232 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
16
HOME LEAVE OperationHOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and airflow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE operation1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
To cancel HOME LEAVE operation2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.To set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operationWhen using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and airflow rate.
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.3. Adjust the airflow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
Initial setting Selectable range
temperature Airflow rate temperature Airflow rate
Cooling 25°C “ ” 18-32°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
Heating 25°C “ ” 10-30°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 233
Operation Manual ED04-910
234 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
18
INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation
1. Press “SENSOR button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
[EX.]
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
1, 2
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy saving operation.
Somebody back in the room
• Back to normal operation.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 235
Operation Manual ED04-910
19
“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”
CAUTION
Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set temperature.• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
• Application range is as follows.
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.
90˚
55˚7m
55˚
7m
Vertical angle 90˚(Side View)
Horizontal angle 110˚(Top View)
236 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
20
TIMER OperationTimer functions are useful for automatically switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases
or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel the OFF TIMER Operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled when
remote controller batteries are replaced.)• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the time
entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODEWhen the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5˚C up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
42
1, 3
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 237
Operation Manual ED04-910
21
To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the
clock to the present time (page 9.).
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases or
decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel ON TIMER operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
ATTENTIONIn the following cases, set the timer again.• After a breaker has turned OFF.• After a power failure.• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
TIMER
ON CANCEL
OFF
QUIET
2
1, 3
4
(Example)Present time: 11:00 p.m. (The unit operating)OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
Dis
play
238 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
24
Care and CleaningCAUTION
Indoor unit, outdoor unit and remote controller1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel1. Open the front panel.
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.• Open the front panel further while
sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you. This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner.
3. Clean the front panel.• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.• Only neutral detergent may be used.• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel.• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel
with the slots, then push them all the way in.• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides
and the center.)
CAUTION
Units
• When the packaging materials are attached to the front panel, please remove them.
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 239
Operation Manual ED04-910
25
1. Open the front panel. (page 24.)
2. Pull out the air filters.• Push a little upwards the tab at the
center of each air filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function.• Press the top of the air-
cleaning filter onto the tabs (3 at top). Then press the bottom of the filter up slightly, and press it onto the tabs (2 at bottom).
4. Clean or replace each filter.See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the air purifying filter with photocalytic deodorizing function as they were and close the front panel.• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
Air Filter1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral
detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.
Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function. (gray)The air purifying capacity of the photocatalytic purifying filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.4. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter
when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
Filters
tabs (3 at top)
tabs (2 at bottom)
240 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
26
NOTE
Check
Before a long idle period
1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE button” and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner.
3. Clean the air filters and set them again.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
• Operation with dirty filters: (1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air. (3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.
• To order air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function contact to the service shop there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filter as non-burnable and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable waste.
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the
service shop if this is the case.
Item Part No.
Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function. (without frame) 1 set KAF952A42
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 241
Operation Manual ED04-910
27
Trouble Shooting
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
These cases are not troubles.
Case ExplanationOperation does not start soon.• When ON/OFF button was
pressed soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
• This is to protect the air conditioner.You should wait for about 3 minutes.
Hot air does not flow out soon after the start of heating operation.
• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes.(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops suddenly and a flowing sound is heard.
• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.You should wait for about 4 to 12 minutes.
The outdoor unit emits water or steam.
In HEAT mode• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam
when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.In COOL or DRY mode• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mist comes out of the indoor unit.
This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold airflow during cooling operation.This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while the air conditioner is not in operation.
After operation is stopped:• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60
seconds for system protection.While the air conditioner is not in operation:• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor
fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped suddenly.(OPERATION lamp is on.)
For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
242 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Operation Manual
28
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Check again.
Case CheckThe air conditioner does not operate.(OPERATION lamp is off.)
• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?• Isn’t it a power failure?• Are batteries set in the remote controller?• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?• Is the temperature setting appropriate?• Are the windows and doors closed?• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
Operation stops suddenly.(OPERATION lamp flashes.)
• Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioninghappens during operation.
• The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 243
Operation Manual ED04-910
29
WARNING When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
Disposal requirementsDismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.
In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
Call the service shop immediately.
After a power failureThe air conditioner automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait for a while.
LightningIf lightning may strike the neighboring area, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance.
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.An abnormal sound is heard during operation.The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker cuts off the operation frequently. A switch or a button often fails to work properly.There is a burning smell.Water leaks from the indoor unit.
Turn the breaker OFF and call the service shop.
3P232468-2
244 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Optional Accessories
14.Optional Accessories14.1 Option List14.1.1 Indoor Units
Note: 1 Wiring adaptor is also required for each indoor unit.2 Time clock and other devices ; obtained locally.
14.1.2 Outdoor Units
Option Name FTK(X)S25/35G FTK(X)S50-71GFTXS80G
1 Centralized Control Board-up to 5 Rooms 1 KRC72
2 Wiring Adaptor for Time Clock/Remote Control 2(Normal Open Pulse Contact / Normal Open Contact) KRP413A1S
3 Wired Remote Controller BRC944A2B
4 Central Remote Controller 1 DCS302CA61
5 Unified ON/OFF Controller 1 DCS301BA61
6 Schedule Timer 1 DST301BA61
7 Interface Adaptor for Room Air Conditioner KRP928B2S
8 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter(without Frame) KAF970A46 KAF952B42
9 Remote Controller Loss Prevention with the Chain KKF917A4
Option Name FTXS80-100H FTXS50C
1 Centralized Control Board-up to 5 Rooms 1 KRC72
2 Wiring Adaptor for Time Clock/Remote Control 2(Normal Open Pulse Contact / Normal Open Contact) KRP413A1S
3 Wired Remote Controller BRC944A2B —
4 Central Remote Controller 1 DCS302CA61
5 Unified ON/OFF Controller 1 DCS301BA61
6 Schedule Timer 1 DST301BA61
7 Interface Adaptor for Room Air Conditioner KRP928B2S
8 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter(without Frame) KAF970A48 —
9 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function — KAF952A42
10 Remote Controller Loss Prevention with the Chain KKF910A4 KKF917A4
Option Name 25/35 Class 50-71 Class 80-100 Class
1 Drain Plug KKP937A4 KKP945A4
2 Air Direction Adjustment Grille KPW937A4 KPW945A4
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 245
Optional Accessories ED04-910
14.2 Installation Manual14.2.1 KRP413A1S
1. Functions and Features
On/Off settingSwitching between Instantaneous Contact/Normal ContactConnection with five-room central controller (KRC72 for oversea model)Connection with fan coil remote controllerAutomatic reset after power failureOutput of normal operation signals/malfunction signals
2. Field Wiring
For interconnecting wiring, use Daikin KDC100A12 cable (not supplied) orother similar cable. The cable should have the specifications shown below.
Optional cable KDC100A12 (without connectors)Specifications: 0.2 mm2 × 4 core (sheathed)Outer diameter: φ 5.3Length: 100 mColour: Grey
Other cable (commercially available)
Item
Cable for instrumentation (IPVV) 0.3 mm2 × 4-core
Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.3 mm2 ×
×
×
×
×
4-core
Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.2 mm2 4-core
Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.15 mm2 4-core
Intercom cable 0.65 mm2 dia. 4-core
PVC jumper wire (TJVC) (from 0.5 mm dia. 4 pcs.)
Outer dia.
7.2 mm
8.0 mm
6.5 mm
4.8 mm
—
Remarks
Hard sheath
Shielded
Not sheathed
Note 1: Keep any wiring for the control unit away from the power cord to preventelectrical noise.
Note 2: Do not use cables shown above for power cord, inter-unit cord/cable orpower cord for lamps.
Safety Precautions
Read these safety precautions carefully before installing the unit, and besure to install the unit properly.This manual classifies precautions to the user into the following twocategories. These warnings and cautions are for your safety. Follow them.
WARNING
CAUTION
Faulty installation can result in death or serious injury
Faulty installation can result in serious injuryor other serious consequences.
Below is a key to symbols used in this manual.
Be sure to follow instructions.
Be sure to perform grounding work.
Never attempt.
After installation is complete, test the unit to confirm that it is workingproperly, and instruct the owner its proper use.
WARNING
Installation should be left to the dealer from whom you purchased the unit, oranother qualified professionals.Install the unit securely according to the installation manual. Faulty installationmay lead to electric shock or fire.Be sure to use the supplied or specified parts. Using other parts may lead toelectric shock or fire.Install the unit securely in a location that will support its weight. If installed in apoor location or improperly installed, the unit may not work as intended.For electrical work, follow local electric standards and the installation manual.Faulty installation may lead to fire or electric shock.Do not bundle the power cord, or attempt to extend it by splicing it with anothercord or by using an extension cord. Do not place any other load on the powercircuit used for the unit. Improper wiring may lead to electric shock, heatgeneration or fire.Use dedicated wiring for all electrical connections, and be sure to arrange thewiring so that force applied to the wiring will not damage the terminals. Poorwiring or installation may cause electric shock, heat generation or fire.
CAUTION
Before installation, unplug the air conditioner to ensure safety. Failure to do somay cause electric shock.Static electricity may damage electric components. Before connecting cablesand communication lines, and operating the switches, be sure to discharge anyelectrical charge from your body (by, for example, touching the earth line)Do not install the unit in a location where it may be exposed to flammablegases. If gas leaks and build up around the unit, it may catch fire.Do not place the wiring close to the power cord, inter-unit cable, or pipes whichgenerate noise. Treat the wiring with care.
246 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Optional Accessories
Installation
This product is available in two types. The KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S is for installation in a case independent of the indoor unit, andthe KRP413A1 is for installation within the indoor unit.
1. KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S
1 Installation diagram
Indoor unit PCB
Adaptor case
wiringLocal wiring or power cord, etc.
S21
2 Components
Adaptor case assy Wiring (approx. 0.8 m)(Adaptor (PCB) is attached in the adaptor case.)
Accessories• Binding band (4 pcs.)• Securing tape for attaching to the indoor unit (2 sets)• Screws for attaching the adaptor case (4 pcs.)• Screws for attaching to the wall (3 pcs.)
Installation manual
2. KRP413A1
For this type, install the adaptor PCB within the indoor unit. The method ofinstallation and connection vary depending on the model of the airconditioner. See your air conditioner installation manual for details.
1 Components
Adaptor PCB Wiring (approx. 0.25 m)
Installation manual
3. Attaching Adaptor Case Assy (for KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S)
1 Using the screws (to mount on a wall, etc.)
Use the 3 supplied screws to attach the case assy .
Indoor unitAdaptor case
Install the adaptor case assy as close to the indoor unit as possible.Removing case front
Adaptor PCB
Case front
Screw
Screw cover
Remove the screw cover, one of the screwsand then the case front.Attach the case back to the surface bytightening the screws through the screwholes (one round hole, two long holes).After connecting the cables (refer to the following sections), replace thecase front. Be careful not to damage the wiring in the case.
Wiring
Press in so that the prong catches the case back.
Screw
Screw cover
2 Using securing tape (to attach on the indoor unit)
Attach the adaptor case with the supplied securing tape.Remove the case front (as for mounting on a wall).After connecting the cables (see the following sections), replace thecase front. It can be screwed to the case back from the rear with thefour supplied screws.Be careful not to damage the wiring in the case.Attach the hook side (loop side) of the included securing tape to the rearsurface of the HA case, then attach the loop side (hook side) to the top ofthe air conditioner unit spaced at the same intervals.
Securing tape Hook side (loop side)
Securing tape Loop side (hook side)
Indoor unit
To prevent the adaptor case assy from falling, do not use the securingtape for attaching it to a wall or other surface.
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 247
Optional Accessories ED04-910
Wiring
1. Wiring
Connect one end of the wiring to connector S21 of the PCB in theindoor unit.Connect the other end of the wiring to connector S6 of the adaptorPCB.Connect field wiring according to the functions assigned to eachconnection terminal of the adaptor PCB.Secure all wires.
1 Securing wires in the adaptor case assy (for KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S)
Fasten with a tie-wrap so that wires will not come loose even if pulled.
Inter unit cable (field wiring)
Tie-wrap (to prevent the wires from coming loose)
If the wire protrudes from this side, cut the cut-off section of the case front.
2 Securing wires in the indoor unit (for KRP413A1)
The method for securing wire varies depending on the model of the airconditioner. See your air conditioner installation manual for details.
2. Automatic Reset After Power Failure
This PCB stores the following data in the event of a power failure(common features).On/Off (see Note 1) Operation modes Temperature settingAir flow rate On/Off status of remote controller
(Note 1 When SW1-2 is in Off mode, the unit will not be activated.)
3. Monitor Signal Output (normal operation and malfunction)
Maximum length of the wiring is 100 m.
1 Monitor signal output for LED
LED D
R1
2
S4
Max 100 m
2 Monitor signal output (normal operation and malfunction)using external relay contacts
DC12V
MR1
MR2L 1
2L
MR1
MR2
L 1
2L
: Operation light
: Malfunction light
+
(+)
(–)
(–)
–
1
2
3
S8
S5
Max 100 mField supplied parts
External power supply for light
Field procured parts (Recommended external relay contacts)
Manufacturer Type Coil rated voltage Coil resistance
Omron MY relay 12 V DC 160 ohm ± 10%
Matsushita HC relay 12 V DC 160 ohm ± 10%
4. Connection with Remote Controller
Example connections with three kinds of remote controllers are shownbellow.Note: These connections cannot be used in combination.
1 Generic remote controller
Set SW1-1 to Off and select Operation Mode 1.
SW1
ON
OFF1 2
<Instantaneous Contact>
1
2
1
2
S2
S1On/Off
Off
<Normal Contact>
1
2
1
2
S1
S2
Operation
On
2 Five-room central controller (KRC72)
Set SW1-1 to Off and select Operation Mode 1.The remote controller most recently used takes precedence.
Five-room centralcontroller
Terminalblocks A to E
1
2
3
4 1
2
1
2
1 2
SW1ON
OFF
S4
S1
3 Fan coil remote controller
Set SW1-1 to On and select Operation Mode 2.Most settings (power On/Off, air flow rate, mode change) cannot bemade using the air conditioner’s remote controller.When power is restored after a power failure in this mode, On or Off isdetermined according to the current settings of the remote controller.When the Cooling /Heating mode is changed, use the air conditioner’sremote controller to adjust the temperature.
1 2
SW1ON
OFF
S1
1
2
1
2
1
2
S2
S3
H M L OFF
Fan coil remote controller
Off(When cooling)
On (When heating)
Cooling/heating switch
Locally procured parts
Item Manufacturer Type
LED ToshibaTLG208 (green)
TLR208 (red)
D Rohm 1S2473
R 510 ohm 1/4W
The remote controller mostrecently used (local or airconditioner) takes precedence.Use a remote controller with apulse width of 100 msec ormore.
Power On/Off cannot be controlledfrom the unit’s remote controller.When power is restored after apower failure in this mode, On orOff is determined according tothe current settings of the remotecontroller.
248 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Optional Accessories
Test Operation and Confirmation
1. When the System is Not Working
Is the air conditioner working properly?Are the connectors of the wiring properly connected?Are the remote controller and field wiring properly connected?Are all switch settings correct?If there is nothing apparently wrong, conduct a diagnostic check using the following procedure.
Diagnostic check
2. Switch Settings and Connection Terminals
12121212
12
3
S8
12
S4
S1S2S3
S5
12
SW1
OFF ON
S6
CPU normal operation monitor(Flashes when the operation is normal.)
SW1-1
SW1-2
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6 connector
S8
Selecting the operationmode
Selecting On/Off whenpower is restored aftera power failure
SW1-1: OFF(Operation mode 1)
SW1-1: ON(Operation mode 2)
(1) - (2)
(1) - (2)
(1) - (3)
(+) - (–)
OFF Operation mode 1 (Used with the exception of fan coil remote controller settings)
ON Operation mode 2 (Used with fan coil remote controller settings)
OFF Always Off
ONOff if operation was in Off mode before power failure; On if operation was inOn mode before power failure
Instantaneous contact Normal contact
S1 (1) - S2 (1) OPEN CLOSE
S1 (1) - S1 (2)Pulse input OPEN, Not activated
On/Off switching CLOSE, Activated
S2 (2), S3 Not used
S1, S2 OPEN Not activated
S1 (1) - S1 (2) CLOSE On, airflow: L tap
S1 (1) - S2 (1) CLOSE On, airflow: M tap
S1 (1) - S2 (2) CLOSE On, airflow: H tap
S3 (With the remote OPEN, Cooling
controller only) CLOSE, Heating
Voltage on (DC12 V), normal operation light output
Normal operation light output (power for light required)
Malfunction light output (power for light required)
Connect with connector S21 on the PCB of the indoor unit
Relay DC 12 V power supply terminal (Field supplied parts)
START
Is the “CPU Normal” lightfor the remote controller’s
PCB flashing?
No
Is 12 V DC being suppliedto No. 4 and No. 5 on S6 of the
remote controller’s PCB?
No
Yes Is 12 V DC being suppliedto No. 4 and No. 5 on S21
of the indoor unit?
No
Yes
Is the malfunction lightof the remote
controller’s PCB on?
No
Yes
OR
Yes
Defect in adaptor PCB.Defect in wiring.Defect in indoor unit’s PCB.Transmission error (between remote controller and indoor unit)
2P031616-1B
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 249
Optional Accessories ED04-910
14.2.2 KRP928B2S
Safety Precautions
Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.
This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION.
WARNING : Failure to follow WARNING is very likely to result in such grave
consequences as death or serious injury.
CAUTION : Failure to follow CAUTION may result in serious injury or property damage, and in certain circumstances, may result in a grave consequence.
Be sure to follow all the precautions below ; they are all important for ensuring safety.
3.Names of Parts and Electric Wiring
WARNING
CAUTION
After installation is complete, test the operation of the PCB set to check
for problems, and explain how to use the set to the end-user.
1.Overview, Features and Compatible Models
This kit is the interface required when connecting the central controller and a Daikin Room Air Conditioner. Use of the central controller makes it possible to perform the following monitoring and operations. It is compatible with room air conditioners which have an HA connector S21.
Precaution1.When reading the Operating / error signals, a separate external power source
(DC 12V) is needed.2.A separate timer power source (DC 16V) is needed when using the schedule
timer independently, and not in conjunction with other central controllers.3.The range of temperatures that can be set from the central controller is 18°C to
32°C in cooling and 14°C to 28°C in heating.4.Fan operation cannot be selected from the central controller or wired remote controller.5.Group control (i.e., control of multiple indoor units with a single remote controller) is
not available.6.Monitoring is not available of the thermo status, compressor operating status,
indoor fan operating status, electric heater, or humidifier operating status.7.Forced thermo off, filter sign display and reset, fan direction and speed settings,
air conditioning fee management, energy savings instructions, low-noise instructions, and demand instructions cannot be made.
1.Run / stop for the central controller and wired remote controller, operating mode selection, and temperature can be set.
2.The operating status, any errors, and the content of those errors can be monitored from the central controller and wired remote controller.
3.Run / stop for the central controller and wireless remote controller, operating mode selection, and the temperature setting can be limited by the central controller.
4.Zone control can be performed from the central controller.5.The unit can remember the operating status of the air conditioner before a power
outage and then start operating in the same status when the power comes back on.
6.Card keys, operating control panels, and other constant / instantaneous connection-compatible equipment can be connected.
7.The Operating / error signals can be read.8.HA JEM-A-compatible equipment can be connected.9.The indoor temperature can be monitored from the Ve-up controller.
2.Component Parts and Separately-Sold Parts which are RequiredThis kit includes the following components. Check to ensure that none of these are missing.
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
12
34
1
0
ON
OFF
ON
OF
F
SW1
S16S19
S6
F1
SW2
SW3
LED1
Tes1 S1 S8 S5
F2
Once the switches are set and the wiring complete, secure the case using the included screws.
A cable field supply A cable field supply
In case that the device coping with HA JEM-A is connected
Connecting a Wired Remote Controller
In case that a central remote controller is connected
Connecting a Momentary / constant Contact Input Equipment
Reading the Operating / error Display
Tele-con (Field supply)Remote controller
BRC944 SeriesCard key(Field supply)Operating control panel(Field supply)
KRC65, KRC72, KDC100A10, and KDC101B Series cannot be connected.
The adapter included with the remote controller is not used.
DAIKIN
<Wiring procedure>
Supplied connection harness
Installation should be left to the dealer or another qualified professional.Improper installation by yourself may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.
Install the set according to the instructions given in this manual.Incomplete or improper installation may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.
Be sure to use the standard attachments or the genuine parts.Use of other parts may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.
Disconnect power to the connected equipment before starting installation.Failure to do so may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.
An earth leakage circuit breaker should be installed.If the breaker is not installed, electrical shock may occur.
Do not install the set in a location where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas.Gas accumulated around the unit at the worst may cause fire.
To prevent damage due to electrostatic discharge, touch your hand to a nearby metal object (doorknob, aluminum sash, etc.) to discharge static electricity from your body before touching this kit.Static electricity can damage this kit.
Lay this cable separately from other power cables to avoid external electrical noises.
Screw cover
Non polarity
Included in the Drain Up Kit.
Separately sold remote control code (quadplex)KRCW101A Series
Operating monitoring equipment(Field supply)
PartsKit assyPCB is in the housing.
Q’ty Q’ty
1
Parts
Connection harness (about 1.6m)
Mounting screws
Binding band
Installation manual
1set
3pcs.
1pc.
1set
Room air conditioner indoor unit
To HA connector (S21)
Cable available field supply (See the installation manual of the central remote controller)
Lower group number switch (SW1)
Upper group number switch (SW2-1to 3)
Operation when recovering from a power outage modeswitch (SW2-4)
Service monitor (LED1: green)When the CPU is working properly, the LED flashes.
Power supply terminal (S8)
Connect an external DC 12V power supply only when reading the Operating / error display.
Japanese unit / Overseas unitSetting switch (SW3-3)
Momentary contact / constant contactSelection switch (SW3-2)
Forced stopSettings switch (SW3-1)
Central controller equipmentDCS302 SeriesDCS301 SeriesDCS601 SeriesDST301 Series
250 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Optional Accessories
4.Switch Settings 5.Control Codes
7.Combining Equipment
6.Read Operating / Error Display Signal
Turn the power on after all the switches have been set. Settings made while the power is on are invalid.NOTE
Overseas ON “Automatic” operation is available from the central controller.
Japan
Destination SW3-3 setting What Happens
OFF(Factory setting)
Open the Kit’s case and set the switches on the circuit board. (1) For Overseas / Japanese unit setting (SW3-3)
Room air conditioners, different methods are used for setting the temperature in automatic mode, so this switch needs to be set.
When using a central remote controller, the operating codes can be used to limit operation from wireless remote controllers.
: permitted; × : prohibited
The Operating / error signals can be read from the contact output (S5).Output specs
M1: Turn MR 1 ON when the air conditioner is running. M2: Turn MR 2 when a communication error has occurred between the KRP928B2S and
the air conditioner, or MR 1 is ON and the unit has stopped after an error.MR 2 is not turned ON during a warning.
(2) Group number settings (SW1 and SW2-1 to SW2-3)Set these when using the central controller. (Set to the side.) Do not set more than one unit to the same number.
However, these settings do not need to be made when using the schedule timer independently. (The settings are needed when used in conjunction with another DCS Series central controller.) In this case, the schedule timer performs an auto address after the power is turned on, so new group numbers are automatically set. Settings made using the switches will be overwritten.
(3) Settings when recovering from a power outage (SW2-4)This selects whether to restart operation when the power comes back on after a power outage occurred during operation. This setting is given priority in cases where the indoor unit has an auto start ON / OFF jumper. Note also that regardless of whether switch SW2-4 is on or off, the operating mode, set temperature, fan direction and speed settings, and remote control prohibition status are stored.
NOTE1: Since central equipment and HA JEM-A-compatible equipment both use last command priority, the contact status and operating status of the air conditioner might not match sometimes.Example: If the unit is run from the central controller while the air
conditioner is stopped with an open contact, the contact will be open and the unit will be running.
NOTE2: Operating mode and fan direction and speed settings can be changed.
(4) Contact input function settings (SW3-1 to SW3-2)When using contact input (S1), choose one of the following functions.
NOTE also that a separate timer power source is needed when using the schedule timer independently.Power source specs: DC 16V, +10%, -15%, 200mA.Recommended power source: Omron S82J-01015A. (Should be used with the output voltage adjusted to the center, DC 16V.)
Uppergroup NO.
1—
2—
3—
4—
5—
6—
7—
8—
1 1 2 3
01 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
SW1setting
Lowergroup NO.
0 0
0 1
0 2
0 3
0 4
0 5
0 6
0 7
1 1 2 3
01 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
SW1setting
Lowergroup NO.
0 8
0 9
1 0
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Stops if the unit was stopped before the power outage and runs if it was running.
Stops after recovering from a power outageOFF
(Factory setting)
ON
SW2-4 setting What Happens
ON / OFF control is rejected (operate / stop / timer prohibition) (NOTE 2).During a forced stop, all remote controller actions are prohibited.
Last command priority
Contact - Open to close: air condition stops (forced stop). Close to open: no change in operating status.
Contact - Open to close: air condition runs.Close to open: air conditioner is stopped (NOTE 1).
Constant contact input
Forced stop or remote controller permission input
The operating status of the air conditioner is reversed by an instantaneous input of 100 msec or more.
Instantaneous contact input (factory setting)
What Happens Control modeS1operating mode
SW3-2setting
SW3-1setting
OFF
OFF
ON
ON Invalid
Run / stop InputContact specsNo-voltage minute electric current contact (Minimum applicable load DC 12V, 1mA or lower)
Total wire length max: 100m
KRP928B2S
S1CA
CB
Forced stop
Timer operation is accepted by remote controller
Last command priority
Only OFF control is accepted
ON / OFF control is rejected
Control mode
Constantcontact mode
Instantaneouscontact mode
S1operating
mode
Operations from central controller, contact input and HA JEM-A input
10,11
6,7
8
9
212–19
0,1,3
45
48
2,10-190,1,3,5-7
Controlcode
“Stop” control from the central controller
“Run” control from the central controller
Operations from the remote controller
× ×××××××
Central priority
××***
××
×××
××
×
×××
××***
××
××
×
×
*
×
×
××
××
Run
/ tim
er
Run
/ tim
er
Fan
dire
ctio
n an
d fa
n sp
eed
Fan
dire
ctio
n an
d fa
n sp
eed
Sto
p
Sto
p
Ope
ratin
g m
ode
tem
pera
ture
Ope
ratin
g m
ode
tem
pera
ture
t
×Wireless Remote Controller
××Wired Remote Controller
×HA JEM-A-compatible equipment
×××Instantaneous contact input
×××Constant contact input
×××Forced stop contact input
××D-BIPS
××Schedule timer
ON / OFF controller
ON
/ O
FF
con
trol
ler
Central Remote Controller
S8 Power supply for relay (DC 12V)
Power source for display
Relay specs (MR1 and MR2) Coil voltage: DC 12V
Coil resistance: 160Ω ± 10% (Matsushita Electric HC Relay, Omron MY Relay)Wiring length Max: 100m
KRP928B2S
S5
MC
M1
M2
(+)
(–)
(–)
MR1
MR2
Operating Display
Abnormality display
Operating control panel (Field supply)
MR1
MR2
The remote controller permission / prohibition settings using the Ve-up controller are as follows.
: permitted; × : prohibited
Forced stop
Constantcontact mode
Constantcontact mode
Instantaneouscontact mode
Instantaneouscontact mode Last command
priority
Does not affect settings
permitted/prohibitedpermitted/prohibited
××
×× ×
prohibitedpermitted
prohibitedpermitted
× × × ×
Operations from central controller, contact input and HA JEM-A input
permitted/prohibitedpermitted/prohibited
permittedprohibited
× ×
prohibited
permitted
Only OFF control is accepted
permitted/prohibited
permitted/prohibited
permittedprohibited
×××× × ×
×
××prohibited
permitted
ON / OFF control is rejected
Start / stop Change operating mode
Change set temperature Run / timer
Operating mode temperature
Fan direction and fan speedStop
Operations from the remote controllerVe-up controller settings
Instantaneouscontact mode
•Constant
contact mode
S1 pin operating mode
permitted/prohibited
permitted/prohibited
×
×
×
× ×prohibited
permitted
“Automatic” operation is not available from the central controller. When using “automatic” operation using the wireless remote controller, the central controller displays automatic cooling (heating) and 25°C. Even if the temperature is changed, it will return to 25°C after a while.
SW2setting
Cen
tral
Rem
ote
Con
trol
ler
Sch
edul
e tim
er
D-B
IPS
For
ced
stop
con
tact
inpu
t
Con
stan
t con
tact
inpu
t
Inst
anta
neou
s co
ntac
t inp
ut
HA J
EM-A
-com
patib
le e
quip
men
t
Wire
d R
emot
e C
ontr
olle
r
Wire
less
Rem
ote
Con
trolle
r
The central controller can be combined with the following devices.
9 *
×
××
*Only during timer operation
3P087074-2B
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 251
Optional Accessories ED04-910
14.2.3 KPW937A4
b)
Checking the parts
Installation of Louver
CAUTION
Louver
1piece1piece
Shape
Quantity
Selection of Installation Location
Check the following parts
a)
Before Installation
Installation Procedure
Use when installing in a location that meets the following conditions.When installing near the border to a neighbor's houseIf exhaust blows directly on passers-by because outdoor unit is installed facing a road.Changing the fan direction of the outdoor unit to prevent it blowing directly on shrubbery, etc.
Installation is possible in the four directions:upward, downward, rightward, and leftward.The installation screws are attached to the louver.First temporarily attach the louver with 4 screws, then check that the angle is correct, and finally tighten the screws fully.
1.Install so that a short circuit is prevented.2.For the use in snowy regions, avoid installation
with the air outlet facing upward. Install so thatthe air outlet faces leftward, rightward, or down-ward.Snow accumulates in the air outlet of the outdoorunit, causing malfunction of the main body of the outdoor unit.
3.Be advised that if the fan direction is up,dead leaves and other foreign mattereasily accumulates in the exhaust vent.
Name
With 4 screws
Installation manual
Prepared holepitch 435mmFan partition
Prepared holepitch 435mmFan partition
Part A(see figure below)
The prepared hole is in between the grating of the grille. Part A (prepared hole) cross section (the shape of either a or b)
Grille grating
Prepared hole Prepared hole
Grille grating
4P104499-1A
252 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
ED04-910 Optional Accessories
14.2.4 KPW945A4
Check the following parts
Installation Procedure
Before installation
Name
Quantity
Louver
1piece
Truss tapping screw
M4x4screws(max.7.5kW class)M5x4screws(8.0/9.0kW class)
Installation manual
1piece
Shape
Selection of Installation Location
Installation of Louvers
Space Needed for Installation
Use when installing in a location that meets the following conditions.When installing near the border to a neighbor's houseIf exhaust blows directly on passers-by because outdoor unit is instal-led facing a road.If exhaust blows directly on vegetation
A minimum of 100mm is needed between the back of the outdoor unit and any obstructions(walls, etc.)
more than100
Attach the louvers overlapping the standard grill.Installing the louvers without the grill would allow hands to enter the fan area, which is dangerous, so be sure to install the standard grill.
Caution
When pointing up When pointing down
(1) Remove the 4 attachment screws fromthe standard grill.
Remove the 4 attachment screws fromthe standard grill.
(2) Install the louver pointed up.Overlap the standard grill andscrew both in together.
The attachment screwsare in the louvers.
Install the louver pointed down.Overlap the standard grill andscrew both in together.
The attachment screwsare in the louvers.
(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)Installation complete Installation complete
3P089958-2C
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 253
Optional Accessories ED04-910
254 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series
Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of August 2008 but subject to change without notice.ED 04-910Printed in Japan 08/2008 B AK